lll@ _

________
7
IE_C 615_ _3_
_

Edition 3.0 2023-01

INTERNATIONAL
STANDARD

NORME
INTERNATIONALE

Cable management - Cable tray systems and cable ladder systems

Systemes de cablage - Systemes de Chemi n de cables et systemes d'echelle a

cables

9
"'
N
0
N
,:..:
"'
Ii)
(!)
u
�
 �
�
T H I S P U B L ICATION IS COPYRI G H T P ROTECTED
Copyri g h t© 2023 I E C , Gen eva, Switzerl a n d

All rights reserved . U n less otherwise specified , no part o f t h i s publication m a y be reproduced or uti lized in any form
or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfi l m , without permission in writing from
either I E C or IE C's member National Committee i n the country of the requester. If you have any questions about I EC
copyright or have an enquiry about obtaining additional rights to this publication, please contact the address below or
your local I EC member National Committee for further informatio n .

Droits de reproduction reserves. S a u f indication contraire, aucune partie de cette publication ne peut etre reproduite n i
utilisee sous quelque forme q u e c e soit e t p a r aucun precede, electronique o u mecanique, y compris la photocopie et
les microfilms, sans l'accord ecrit de l' I E C ou d u Comite national de l'IEC d u pays d u demandeur. Si vous avez des
q uestions sur le copyright de l' I EC ou si vous desi rez obtenir des d roits supplementaires sur cette pu blication, util isez
les coordonnees ci-apres ou contactez le Com ite national de l' IEC de votre pays de residence.

I EC Secretariat Tel.: +41 22 91 9 02 1 1

3, rue de Varembe i [email protected]
CH- 1 2 1 1 Geneva 20 www.iec.ch
Switzerland

About the IEC

The I nternational Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) is the leading global organization that prepares and pu blishes
I nternational Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies.

About IEC publications

The technical content of I E C publ ications is kept u nder constant review by the IEC. Please make s u re that you have the
latest edition , a corrigendum or a n amendment might have been published.

IEC publications search - webstore.iec.ch/advsearchform IEC Products & Services Portal - products.iec.ch
The advanced search enables to find IEC publications by a Discover our powerful search engine and read freely all the
variety of criteria (reference number, text, technical publications previews. With a subscription you will always have
committee, . . . ). It also gives information on projects, replaced access to up to date content tailored to your needs.
and withdrawn publications.
Electropedia - www.electropedia.org
IEC Just Published - webstore.iec.ch/justpublished The world's leading online dictionary on electrotechnology,
Stay up to date on all new IEC publications. J ust Published containing more than 22 300 terminological entries in English
details all new publications released . Available online and once and French, with equivalent terms in 19 additional languages.
a month by email. Also known as the International Electrotechnical Vocabulary
(IEV) online.
IEC Customer Service Centre - webstore.iec.ch/csc
If you wish to give us your feedback on this publication or need
further assistance, please contact the Customer Service
Centre: [email protected].

A propos de l'IEC
La Commission Electrotechnique I nternationale ( I EC) est la premiere organisation mondiale qui elabore et publie des
Normes internationales pour tout ce qui a trait a l'electricite, a l'electronique et aux technologies apparentees.

A propos des publications IEC

Le contenu technique des publications I EC est constamment revu. Veuil lez vous assurer que vous possedez !'edition l a
p l u s recente, u n corrigendum ou amendement peut avoir ete publie .

Recherche d e publications IEC - Decouvrez notre puissant moteur de recherche et consultez

webstore.iec.ch/advsearchform gratuitement tous les apen;:us des publications. Avec un
La recherche avancee permet de trouver des publications IEC abonnement, vous aurez toujours acces a un contenu a jour
en utilisant differents criteres (numero de reference, texte, adapte a VOS besoins.
comite d'etudes, . . . ). Elle donne aussi des informations sur les
projets et les publications remplacees ou retirees. Electropedia - www.electropedia.org
Le premier dictionnaire d'electrotechnologie en ligne au monde,
IEC Just Published - webstore.iec.ch/justpublished avec plus de 22 300 articles terminologiques en anglais et en
Restez informe sur les nouvelles publications IEC. Just frani;:ais, ainsi que les termes equivalents dans 19 langues
Published detaille les nouvelles publications parues. additionnelles. Egalement appele Vocabulaire
Disponible en ligne et une fois par mois par email. Electrotechnique International (IEV) en ligne.

Service Clients - webstore.iec.ch/csc

Si vous desirez nous donner des commentaires sur cette
publication ou si vous avez des questions contactez-nous:
[email protected].
IEC Products & Services Portal - products.iec.ch
 IEC 61537
Edition 3.0 2023-01

INTERNATIONAL
STANDARD

NORME
INTERNATIONALE

Cable management - Cable tray systems and cable ladder systems

Systemes de cablage - Systemes de chemin de cables et systemes d'echelle a

cables

INTERNATIONAL
ELECTROTECHNICAL
COMMISSION

COMMISSION
ELECTROTECHNIQUE
INTERNATIONALE

ICS 29. 1 20. 1 0 ISBN 978-2-8322-6364-8

Warn i ng! Make sure that you obtained this publication from an authorized d istributor.
Attention! Veu i l lez vous assurer que vous avez obtenu cette publ ication via un d istributeur ag ree.

® Registered trademark of the International Electrotechnical Commission

Marque deposee de la Commission Electrotechnique Internationale
 -2- I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

CONTENTS

FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 N ormative refe rences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3 Terms a n d d efi n itions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
4 G e n eral re q u i re m e n ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5 Genera l cond itions for tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
6 Cl ass ification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.1 Accord i n g to m ateri a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.2 Accord i n g t o resistance to fl a m e propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.3 Accord i n g t o e l ectrica l continu ity characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6.4 Accord i n g t o e l ectrica l conductivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.5 Accord i n g t o res ista n ce agai nst corro s i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.5. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.5.2 N o n- meta l l i c syste m component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.5.3 Meta l l i c syste m co m po n e nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6.6 Accord i n g to temp eratu re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
6.6. 1 M i n i m u m tem perature for the system component as g iven i n Table 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
6.6.2 M ax i m u m te m peratu re fo r t h e system component a s g iven i n Table 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
6.7 Accord i n g t o the perforat ion i n the b a s e a rea o f the c a b l e tray leng th a s
g iven i n Table 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
6.8 Accord i n g t o t h e free base area o f m e s h cable tray l e n gth o r cable l a d d e r
l ength as g iven i n Table 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2
6.9 Accord i n g t o i m pact res istance o f n o n - m eta l l i c a n d compos ite syste m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7 Marking a n d docu mentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.1 M a rk i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7. 1 . 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.1 .2 D u ra b i l ity o f mark i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
7.2 Docume ntation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
8 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
9 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
10 Mechanical properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1 0. 1 Mec h a n i ca l stre n gt h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1 0.2 S W L test p roced u re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1 0.2. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1 0.2.2 G e n era l proced u re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1 0.2.3 Altern ative test conditions for 1 0 . 2 . 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 6
1 0.3 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray l e n gths a n d cable l a d d e r len gths mou nted i n the
ho rizontal plane run n i n g h orizonta l l y o n m u l t i p l e spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1 0.3. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1 0.3.2 Test type I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1 0.3.3 Test type I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1 0 . 3.4 Test type I l l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1 0.3.5 Test type I V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1 0 .4 Test fo r SWL of c a b l e tray systems a n d cable l a d d e r syste ms mou n ted i n the
horizontal plane run n i n g horizonta l l y o n a s i ng l e span i n stal lation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1 0.5 Test fo r SWL o f c a b l e tray system a n d cable ladder syste m m o u nted i n the
vertical plane ru n n i n g horizonta l l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 -3-

1 0.5. 1 M u lti p l e span test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2

1 0.5.2 S i n g l e s p a n test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5
1 0.6 Test fo r S W L o f c a b l e tray system a n d c a b l e l a d d e r syste m m o u nted i n the
vertical plane ru n n i n g vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1
1 0.7 Test fo r S W L o f c a b l e tray fitt i n g s a n d cable l a d d e r fitt i n gs mou nted i n the
ho rizontal plane run n i n g h orizonta l l y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1 0 .7. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1 0 .7. 2 Test for SWL o f 90° bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1 0.7.3 Test for SWL o f eq u a l tee a n d e q u a l cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1 0.8 Test fo r SWL of s u p port d evices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1 0.8. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1 0.8.2 Test for SWL o f cantilever brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1 0.8.3 Test for SWL of pend a nts ce i l i n g m o u n ted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1 0.9 Test fo r i m pact res ista nce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
11 E l ectrical pro p e rties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
1 1 .1 E l ectri cal conti n u ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
1 1 .1.1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
1 1 . 1 .2 E l ectrical i m pedance tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
1 1 .2 E l ectri cal no n-con d u ctivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04
1 1 .2. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04
1 1 .2.2 Preparat i o n o f sam ples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05
1 1 .2.3 Preparat i o n of e l ectrod es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05
1 1 .2.4 H u m id ity treatment of samples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05
1 1 .2.5 M o u n t i n g of e l ectrod es o n sam p l es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 05
1 1 .2.6 Measurement o f s u rface res istance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06
1 1 .2. 7 C a l c u l ation of s u rface res istivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06
12 Therma I properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
13 F i re h azards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
1 3. 1 Reaction to fi re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
13.1.1 I n itiation of fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
1 3. 1 .2 Contri bution to fi re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
1 3. 1 .3 S pread of fi re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 07
1 3 . 1 .4 Additional reaction to fire c h aracteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1 3.2 Resista nce to fi re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
14 Exte rnal i nflue n ces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
14.1 Resista nce a g a i nst e n vi ron mental forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
1 4.2 Res ista nce a g a i nst corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
1 4.2. 1 G e n era l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
1 4.2.2 N o n- metal l i c syste m components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2
1 4.2.3 System compon ents made of m i l d steel with meta l l i c coat i n g o r
sta i n less steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2
1 4 .2.4 Salt s pray test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 3
1 4.2.5 System compon ents m a d e from a l u m i n i u m a l l oys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
1 4.2.6 System compon ents m a d e o f steel with org a n ic coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
15 E l ectromag netic com pat i b i l ity ( E M C ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 4
Annex A ( i nfo rmative ) S ketches of typical types of cable tray lengths a n d cable l a d d e r
l e n gths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 15
Annex B ( i nformative) S ketc hes of typical s u p po rt devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17
An nex C ( n o rmative) P rotective Earth ( P E ) fu nction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 0
 -4- I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

C.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 0
C.2 C a b l e tray system o r c a b l e l a d d e r system w i t h e l ectrical co n t i n u ity
characteri stics a n d with PE fu nction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 0
C.2. 1 Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 20
C.2.2 M a rk i n g a n d d o c u m entation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 1
C.2.3 Req u i re m e n ts fo r peri o d i c i n spection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 1
C.2.4 E l ectrical pro pert i es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22
C.2.5 Va l i d ation test o f t h e calcu lated e q u ivalent copper cross-sect i o n a l a rea
of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3
An nex D ( n o rmative) Methods of a p p lyi n g a n d d istri buting a U D L for SWL tests u s i n g
l oa d d i stri bution p l ates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 6
D.1 G e neral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 6
D.2 D i m en s i o n s o f load d i stribution p l ates for c a b l e tray a n d cable l a d d e r
m o u nted i n the h o rizonta l p l a n e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 6
D.3 Distribution o f point loads across t h e width o f cable tray, cable l a d d e r a n d
s u p port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 6
D.4 Distribution of p o i n t l o a d s a l o n g the l e n gt h o f c a b l e tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 7
D.5 Distribution o f point loads a l o n g t h e l e n gt h o f t h e cable l a d d e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 9
Annex E ( i nformative) Ty pical m eth ods of a p p l y i n g a U D L for SWL tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 1
E.1 U D L a p p l i e d throu g h a m ec h a n ical l i n kage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 1
E.2 U D L a p p l i e d throu g h i n d ivid u a l loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 32
E.3 U D L a p p l i e d throu g h load blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 32
Annex F (xxx ) N ot U sed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 33
Annex G ( i nformative) Exa m p l e for clarification of perm itted creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 34
An nex H ( i nformative) I n formation for a safe i n sta l lation of penda nts with canti l ever
brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 35
Annex I ( i nformative) S u m mary of c o m p l i a nce checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37
An nex J ( n ormative) Compl iance checks to be carried out for cable tray syste m s a n d
c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms a l ready co m p l y i n g w i t h I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 0 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 39
Annex K ( i nformative) N u mber of s a m p l e s req u i red for tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1
Annex L ( i nformative) I l l u strative flow chart for t h e SWL tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42
L.1 Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42
L.2 F itti n g s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43
L.3 S u p ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 44
L.4 Canti lever brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 45
L.5 Pend ants fo r canti lever bra cket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 46
L.6 Centra l l y su pported bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 46
L.7 Tra peze su pports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 47
An nex M ( n o r m ative) Appl ication of a point load to a s u pport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 48
B i b l i o g ra p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 49

F i g u re 1 - F l a me propagat i n g symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
F i g u re 2 - P iston for d u ra b i l ity of marking test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
F i g u re 3 - Safe worki ng l oa d test - G e n era l arra n g e m e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 0
F i g u re 4 - L o a d and tem perature d i ag ra m s w i t h respect t o t i m e fo r test 1 0 . 2 . 2 . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4
F i g u re 5 - Test type 1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
F i g u re 6 - Test type 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
F i g u re 7 - Test type 111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 -5-

Fig u re 8 - Test type I V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

F i g u re 9 - Safe worki ng l oa d for s i n g l e s p a n test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
F i g u re 1 0 - Test conditions: M u lti-span cable tray m o u nted i n the vertical p l a n e
ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
F i g u re 1 1 - Test conditions: M u lti-span c a b l e l a d d e r m o u n ted i n the vertical p l a n e
ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
F i g u re 1 2 Test cond itions: S i n g l e span c a b l e tray m o u nted i n the vertical p l a n e
-

ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
F i g u re 1 3 - Test conditions: S i n g l e span cable ladder m o u nted i n the vertica l p l a ne
ru n n i n g horizonta l ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
F i g u re 14 M e a s u re m e n t exa m p l e of the resu ltant d eflect i o n for F i g u re 1 0 , F i g u re 1 1 ,
-

Fig u re 1 2 a n d F i g u re 1 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8
F i g u re 1 5 - L o a d pos ition for cable tray or cable ladder m o u n ted i n the vertical p l a n e
ru n n i n g horizontal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
F i g u re 1 6 - Exa m p l e o f a pp l y i n g t h e test load for cable tray or cable l a d d e r m o u n ted i n
the vertical p l a n e ru n n i n g horizonta l ly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
F i g u re 1 7 - Exa mples of test arra n g e m e nts for syste m s m o u n ted vertica l l y r u n n i n g
vertically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
F i g u re 1 8 - Safe working l o a d test for 90° b e n d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
F i g u re 1 9 - Safe worki n g load test for e q u a l tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
F i g u re 2 0 - Safe worki n g load test for e q u a l cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
F i g u re 21 - Ty pical exa m p l e s of l e ngth and position of the m id - l i n e of fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
F i g u re 2 2 Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets intended fo r use with u n s pecified cable
-

tray of widths at least 80 % of the u seable len gth of t h e c a n t i l ever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

F i g u re 2 3 Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets intended fo r use with u n s pecified cable
-

tray of widths less t h a n 8 0 % of t h e useable length of t h e c a n t i l ever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

F i g u re 24 - Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets i n t e n d e d for use with u n s pecified cable
l a d d e r syste m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
F i g u re 2 5 Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets intended fo r use w i t h a specified cable
-

tray system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
F i g u re 2 6 - Exa m p l e o f test set- u p for canti lever bra ckets i ntended for use w i t h a
s pecified cable tray syste m - Pos iti o n i n g of load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
F i g u re 27 - Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets i n t e n d e d for use with a specified cable
l a d d e r syste m o n ly, o r with both cable tray syste m s a n d cable l a d d e r syste ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
F i g u re 2 8 Exa m p l e of test set- u p for canti lever brac kets i ntended for use with
-

specified cable ladder syste ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

F i g u re 2 9 - Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets : e n d v i ew s h owi n g m e a s u r e m e n t of
d eflection w h e n the b rac ket twists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
F i g u re 3 0 - Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets : e n d v i ew s h owi n g a lternative we i g ht
pos i t i o n i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
F i g u re 3 1 Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets for use w i t h u ns pecified cable tray
-

m o u n ted vertica l l y ru n n i n g vertica l l y with widths at least 80 % of the usea b l e leng th of

the canti lever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
F i g u re 32 - Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets for use with u n specified cable tray o r
cable l a d d e r m o u nted vertica l l y r u n n i n g vertica l l y w i t h w i d t h s l e s s than 80 % o f the
useable length of the canti l ever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
F i g u re 3 3 Test set- u p fo r canti lever b rackets for use with u ns pecified cable l a d d e r
-

m o u n ted vertica l l y ru n n i n g vertica l l y w i t h widths at l e a s t 8 0 % of the useable leng th of

the canti lever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
F i g u re 34 - Exa m p l e of test arra n g e m e n t o n c a n t i l ever b racket with a cable tray l e ngth . . . . . . . 74
 -6- I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Fig u re 3 5 - Exa m p l e of test arra n g e m e n t o n c a n t i l ever bra cket with a cable ladder
length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
F i g u re 36 - Test set- u p - P e n d a nts fo r canti lever brac kets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
F i g u re 37 - Exa m p l e test set-up for pendant with centrally s u p p o rted b racket fo r eve n ly
a n d u n eve n ly loaded specified cable l a d d e r syste m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
F i g u re 38 - Exa m p l e test set-up for pendant with centrally s u p p o rted b racket fo r eve n ly
a n d u n eve n l y loaded specified cable tray syste m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
F i g u re 39 - Load pos i ti o n i n g for centrally s u p ported bracket for u n evenly loaded
specified cable tray or cable ladder syste ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
F i g u re 40 - D eflect i o n of a centra l ly s u p ported bra cket for u neve n l y loaded specified
cable tray o r cable ladder syste ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
F i g u re 4 1 - Load pos i ti o n i n g a n d deflection for a centrally s u p p o rted b racket fo r eve n ly
l oaded specifi ed cable tray or cable ladder syste m s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
F i g u re 42 - Test set u p for u n evenly loaded centra l l y s u p ported b ra ckets i ntended for
u n s pecified use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
F i g u re 43 - D eflect i o n a n d a lternative method of u n evenly load i n g a cen tra l l y
s u p po rted bracket fo r use w i t h u n s pecified cable l a d d e r a n d cable tray syste ms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
F i g u re 44 - Test s e t u p for evenly l oaded centra l l y s u p ported b rackets i n te nded fo r
u n s pecified use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
F i g u re 45 - Test set- u p fo r a C s h a pe ce i l i n g s u pport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
F i g u re 4 6 - Test set- u p fo r tra peze system designed fo r su pporting cable l a d d e r o n ly . . . . . . . . . . 92
F i g u re 47 - Test set- u p fo r trapeze system d esig ned for su pporting cable tray o r c a b l e
ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
F i g u re 48 - Alternative test set- u p for tra peze systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
F i g u re 49 - I m pact test stroke arra n g e m e nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
F i g u re 50 - Test set- u p i m pedance a l o n g the len gth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
F i g u re 51 - Test set- u p i m pedance across the width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 00
F i g u re 52 - Test set- u p i m pedance of a j o i n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03
F i g u re 53 - Test set- u p i m pedance of an earth i n g term i n a l or term i n ation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 03
F i g u re 54 - Test set- u p i m pedance of the connecti o n between a n a ccess cover a n d a
cable tray o r cable l a d d e r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 04
F i g u re 55 - Ty pical arra n g e m e n t of s u rface resistiv ity test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 06
F i g u re 56 - Arra n g e m e n t for the fl a m e test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 09
F i g u re 57 - E n c l o s u re for the fl a m e test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
F i g u re A. 1 - S o l i d bottom cable tray lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 15
F i g u re A.2 - Perforated c a b l e tray l engths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 15
F i g u re A.3 - Mesh cable tray l e n gths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 15
F i g u re A.4 - C a b l e l a d d e r lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 16
F i g u re B . 1 - Canti lever b rac kets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 17
F i g u re B . 2 - Pend ants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 18
F i g u re B . 3 - F i x i n g brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19
F i g u re B . 4 - C s h a p e ce i l i n g s u pport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 19
F i g u re C . 1 - Arra n g e m e n t for the test of 5 s cu rrent carry i n g capa b i l ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 25
F i g u re D . 1 - Exa m p l es of d i stri bution load points a cross the width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 27
F i g u re D . 2 - Ty pical arra n g e m e n t of load d i stri b u t i o n p l ates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28
F i g u re D . 3 - Exa m p l e of e q u ispaced point loads a l o n g the l e n gth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 29
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 -7-

Fig u re D . 4 - Exa m p l es of test load d i stri b u t i o n o n cable ladder lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 30

F i g u re E . 1 - U D L a p p l ied thro u g h a m ec h a n ical l i n kage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 31
F i g u re E . 2 - U D L a p p l ied thro u g h i n d i v i d u a l loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 32
F i g u re E . 3 - U D L a p p l ied t h ro u g h load b l ocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 32
F i g u re G . 1 - Exa m ple for c l a rification of permitted creep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 34
F i g u re H.1 - Forces o n pendant a n d canti lever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 35
F i g u re H .2 - I l l ustrati on of the safe area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 36
F i g u re L . 1 - Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 42
F i g u re L . 2 - F itti ng s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 43
F i g u re L . 3 - S u pports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 44
F i g u re L . 4 - Canti l ever brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 45
F i g u re L . 5 - P e n d a nts fo r canti l ever bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 46
F i g u re L . 6 - Ce ntra l ly s u pported bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 46
F i g u re L . 7 - Trapeze s u p ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 47
F i g u re M . 1 - M ax i m u m area of the applied point load to a s u pport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 48

Table 1 - C l ass ification for res i sta n ce against corros i o n fo r z i n c e lectrop l ated ,
pre-g a lvan ised and post-g alvanised m i ld steel prod u cts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 8
Table 2 - C l ass ification for res ista n ce against corros i o n fo r sta i n less steel p rod ucts . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9
Table 3 - M i n i m u m tem perature classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
Table 4 - Maxi m u m tem perature classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
Table 5 - Perfo ration base area classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
Table 6 - F ree base area classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Table 7 - Use of test type I V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Table 8 - Load d istribution p l ates for the SWL test of the cable tray leng ths a n d cable
l a d d e r l e ngths m o u nted i n the vertical p l a n e ru n n i n g horizontally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 9 - I m pact test va l u es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Table 1 0 - Syste m component co m p l i a nce and class ification for res ista n ce a g a i nst
corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
Table 1 1 - Salt spray test d u ration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 2
Table C . 1 - C a l c u l ated a n d decl ared cross sect i o n a l area of t h e syste m used fo r the
P E fu n ction e q u iv a l e n t to copper co n d u ctors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3
Table D . 1 - N u m ber of point l oads across the width of a cable tray, a cable l a d d e r or a
support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 26
Table D . 2 - N u m ber of point l oads a l o n g the len gth of a cable tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 8
Table 1. 1 - S u m mary of com p l ia n ce c h ecks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 37
Table J . 1 - Req u i red co m p l i a n ce checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 39
Table K. 1 - N u m be r of samples req u i red for tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 1
 - 8 -
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION

CABLE MANAGE M E NT -
CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS A N D CABLE LAD DER SYSTEMS

FOREWORD

1 ) The I nternational Electrotechnica l Commission ( I E C ) is a worldwid e organ ization for sta n d a rd ization comprising
a l l n ational electrotec h n ica l comm ittees ( I EC National Comm ittees ) . The object of IEC is to p romote i nternatio n a l
co-operation o n a l l q uestions concern i n g stand a rd ization in the el ectrical and el ectro n i c fiel d s . To this e n d a n d
i n addition t o o t h e r activities, I E C p u b l ishes I nternatio n a l Sta n dards, Tec h n ical Specifications, Techn ical Reports,
P u b l i c l y Ava i l a b l e Specifications ( PAS) a n d G u i d es (hereafter referred to as " I E C Publ ication(s)" ) . T h e i r
prep a ration is entrusted t o tec h n ical comm ittees; any I EC N ational Comm ittee i nterested i n the subject dealt with
may p a rticipate i n this p reparatory work. I nternationa l , governmental and non-governmental org a n izations l i a ising
with the I E C also p a rticipate i n this p reparation. I E C collaborates closely with the I nternatio n a l Org a n ization for
Sta n d a rd ization ( I SO ) in accorda n ce with conditions d eterm i n ed by a g reement between the two o rg a nization s .
2 ) The fo rmal d e c i s i o n s o r a g reeme nts o f I EC on technica l matters express, as nearl y a s possible, a n i nternational
consensus of opi nion o n the relevant s u bj e cts s ince each technical comm ittee has representati o n from a l l
i n terested I E C N ational Commi ttees.
3) I EC P u b l ications have the form of recommendations for international use a n d are accepted by I EC National
Comm ittees i n t h at sense. While a l l reasonable efforts a re made to ensure that the tech nical content of I EC
P u b l ications is accu rate , I E C cannot be held responsible for the way in which they a re used or for a n y
misi nterpretation b y any end u s e r .
4 ) I n o r d e r to p romote i nternational u n iform ity, I E C National Comm ittees u n d e rtake t o app l y I E C P u b l ications
tra nsp a rently to the maximum extent possi b l e i n their national and regional publ icati o n s . Any d i vergence between
any I EC P u b l ication and the correspon d i n g national o r regi o n a l p u b l ication s h a l l be clearly i n d icated in the latter.
5) I EC itself d oes not provid e any attestation of conformity. I n d ependent certification bodi es p rovide conformity
assessme nt services a n d , in some areas, access to I EC m arks of conformity. I E C is not respon s i b l e for a n y
services carried out by i nd ependent certification bod ies.
6 ) A l l users should e n s u re that they have the l atest edition of this p u b l icat i o n .
7) No l i a b i l ity s h a l l attach t o I E C or i t s d i rectors, employees, s e rvants or agents incl u d i n g i nd iv i d u a l expe rts a n d
members o f i t s tech nical comm ittees and I E C N a t i o n a l Comm ittees for a n y person a l i nj u ry , property damage or
other damage of any natu re whatsoever, whether d i rect o r indi rect, o r for costs ( i nc l u d i ng legal fees) and
expenses a ri s i ng out of the p u b l icati o n , use of, o r reliance upon , this IEC Publ i cation o r any other I EC
P u b l ications.
8 ) Attention is d rawn to the N ormative refe rences cited in this p u b l i cati o n . Use of the referenced p u bl ications is
i n d i spensable for the correct appl icati on of this p u b l ication.
9 ) Attention is d rawn to the possi b i l ity that some of the elements of this IEC Publ ication may be the s u bj ect of patent
rig hts . IEC s h a l l not be held responsible for ide ntifying any o r all such patent rights.

I E C 6 1 537 has been prepa red by s u b co m m ittee 23A: Cable m a n a g e m e n t syste m s , of I E C

tech n ical com m ittee 2 3 : E l ectrical accessories . It i s a n I ntern a t i o n a l Sta n d a rd .

T h i s t h i rd ed ition cancels a n d replaces t h e second ed ition p u b l i s hed i n 2 0 0 6 . T h i s ed ition

constitutes a tec h n i ca l revis ion .

T h i s edition i n c l u des the fol l ow i n g sig n ifi cant tec h n ical c h a n ges with res pect to the prev ious
edition:

a ) new, repositioned a n d re n u m bered fi g u res,

b) rev ised classification for corros i o n ,
c ) rev ised S W L test types a n d proced u re s ,
d ) n e w tests for l e ngths m o u nted vertical r u n n i n g horizontal a n d m o u nted vertica l ru n n i n g
vertica l ,
e ) tests fo r s u p port devices: canti levers , penda nts, C s h a pe ce i l i n g s u p po rts a n d tra peze
syste m s ,
f) new a n d revised a n n exes i n c l u d i n g use of tray as a protective earth c o n d u cto r.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 9 -

The text of t h i s I nternational Sta n d a rd is based o n the fo l l owi n g docu ments :

Draft Report on voting

23A/ 1 032/F D I S 23A/ 1 039/RVD

F u l l i nformation on the v oti n g for its a p proval can be fo u n d in the re port o n vot i n g i n d icated i n
t h e above tab l e .

The l a n g u ag e used for t h e d eve l op m e nt o f this I ntern a t i o n a l Sta ndard is E n g l i s h .

T h i s document was d rafted in accord a n ce with I S O/I EC D i rectives , Part 2 , a n d developed i n

accord ance with I SO/I EC D i rectives , Part 1 a n d I S O/I EC D i rectives, I E C S u p p l e m e n t , ava i l a b l e
a t www . iec.ch/members_experts/refdocs . T h e m a i n d o c u m e n t types developed b y I E C a re
descri bed i n g reater d eta i l at www . i e c . c h/sta n d ardsdev/p u b l icat i o n s .

The fol l owing d i ffere n ces exist i n some countries:

In the U SA it is perm itted to use cable tray systems a n d cable ladder syste m s as a PE co n d u ctor,
in which case national wiring reg u l ations h ave to be a d h ered to.

I n F ra n ce it is not permitted to use cable tray syste m s a n d cable l a d d e r syste ms a s a PE

cond uctor.

In France the use of fl a m e propagating cable tray and cable l a d d e r syste m s i s not perm itted .

I n t h i s document, the fo l l owi ng pri nt types are u s e d :

Req u i rem ents proper: i n ro m a n typ e .

Test specifica tions: in italic type.
Exp l a n atory matter: i n s m a l l e r rom a n type.

The co m m ittee h a s decided that the contents of t h i s document w i l l rem a i n u n c h a n g e d u nt i l the

sta b i l ity d ate i n d icated on the I E C website u n d er webstore . i ec . c h i n the data re l ated to the
specific document. At this date, t h e d ocu ment w i l l b e

• reconfi rmed ,
• withd rawn ,
• re p l aced by a revised ed itio n , or
• amended.
 - 10 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

CABLE MANAGE M E NT -
CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS A N D CABLE LAD DER SYSTEMS

1 Scope

This document s pecifies req u i reme nts a n d tests for cable tray syste m s a n d cable l a d d e r
syste m s i n tended for the s u p port a n d accom modation o f cables a n d p o s s i b l y oth e r e l ectrical
e q u i pm e nt i n e l ectrical a n d/or comm u n ication syste ms i n sta l latio n s . W h e re necessary, cable
tray syste m s a n d ca b l e l a d d e r syste m s can be used for the arra ng e ment of cables i nto g ro u ps .

T h i s document does not a p p l y to con d u it syste m s , cable tru n k i n g systems a n d cable d u ct i n g

syste m s o r t o a n y curren t-carry i n g parts.

N O T E C a b l e tray systems and c a b l e l a d d e r systems a re designed f o r use as supports for c a b l e s a n d n o t a s

enclos u re s .

2 Normative refe re n ces

The fo l l ow i n g docu men ts are referred to i n the text in such a way that some o r all of their conte nt
constitutes req u i re ments of this document. For d ated refere n ce s , only the e d ition cited a p p l i e s .
F o r u n d ated refere n ces , t h e latest ed ition o f t h e refere nced d o c u m e n t ( i n c l u d i n g a n y
a m e n d m e nts ) a p p l ies .

I E C 600 68-2-75 : 2 0 1 4 , En vironmental testing - Part 2-75: Tests - Test Eh: Hammer tests

I E C 60287 ( a l l parts ) , Electric cables - Calculation of the current rating

I E C 604 1 7 , Graphical symbols for use on equipment (available at http ://www.qraph ical­
symbols. info/equipment)

I E C 60695-2- 1 1 : 2 0 2 1 , Fire hazard testing - Part 2- 1 1 : Glo wing/hot-wire based test methods -
Glow-wire flammability test method for end-products (G WEPT)

I E C 60695- 1 1 -2 : 20 1 7 , Fire hazard testing - Part 1 1 -2: Test flames - 1 k W pre-mixed flame -
Apparatus, confirmatory test arrangement and guidance

I S O 1 46 1 : 2 0 2 2 , Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles -

Specifications and test methods

I S O 2 0 8 1 : 2 0 1 8 , Metallic and other inorganic coatings - Electroplated coatings of zinc with

supplementary treatments on iron or steel

ISO 24 0 9 : 2 0 2 0 , Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test

I S O 3506-1 : 2 0 2 0 , Fasteners - Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel

fasteners - Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs with specified grades and property classes

I S O 3 5 7 5 : 2 0 1 6 , Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated and zinc-iron alloy-coated carbon steel sheet

of commercial and drawing qualities

I S O 4042 : 2 0 2 2 , Fasteners - Electroplated coating systems

I S O 4046: 2 0 1 6 ( a l l parts ) , Paper, board, p ulps and related terms - Vocabulary

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 11 -

I S O 9 22 7 : 2 022 , Corrosion tests in artificial atmospheres - Salt spray tests

I S O 1 02 8 9 : 1 99 9 , Methods for corrosion testing of me tallic and other inorganic coatings on

metallic substrates - Rating of test specimens and manufactured articles subjected to corrosion
tests

I S O 4628-8 : 20 1 2 , Paints and varnishes - Evaluation of degradation of coatings - Designation

of quantity and size of defects, and of intensity of uniform changes in appearance - Part 8:
Assessment of degree of delamination and corrosion around a scribe or other artificial defect

ISO 4628-3 : 20 1 6 , Paints and varnishes - Evaluation of degradation of coatings - Designation

of quantity and size of defects, and of intensity of uniform changes in appearance - Part 3:
Assessment of degre e of rusting

I S O 4998 : 2 0 1 4 , Continuous hot-dip zinc-coated and zinc-iron alloy-coated carbon steel sheet
of structural quality

I S O 1 0 684 : 2 0 0 4 , Fasteners - Hot dip galvanized coatings

EN 1 0 3 4 6 : 2 0 1 5 , Continuously hot-dip coated steel flat products for cold forming. Technical
delivery conditions

3 Terms a n d defi n i t i o n s

For the p u rpose o f t h i s document, the fo l l owi n g defi n itions a p p l y .

I S O and I E C m a i n t a i n term i n olog ical databases for use i n sta n d a rd ization at the fo l l ow i n g
ad dresses :

• I E C E l ectroped i a : ava i l a b l e at http://www . e l ectroped i a . o rg/

• I S O O n l i n e brows i n g p l atform : ava i lable at htt p : //www . is o . o rg/o b p

3.1
c a b l e t ray system
assembly of cable s u pports con si sti n g of cable tray lengths a n d other syste m compone nts

3.2
c a b l e l a d d e r system
asse mbly of cable s u pports consisting of cable l a d d e r l e n gths and other system components

3.3
system c o m p o n e n t
part used with i n the system

EXA M P L E a ) cable tray l e ngth o r cab l e ladder length , b ) cable tray fitt i n g o r cab l e ladder fitti n g , c ) coupl e r, d )
support device, e ) mounting device, f ) system accessory .

3.4
c a b l e t ray l e n gt h
syste m component used for cable s u p port consisting of a base with i ntegrated side m e m be rs
or a base con n ected to s i d e mem bers

Note 1 to entry: A tray made from wi res is referred to as mesh cable tray. Typ ical examples of cable tray types of
length are shown i n Annex A, F i g u re A . 1 to F i g u re A . 3 .
 - 12 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

3.5
cable ladder length
syste m co m po n e n t used fo r cable s u pport consisting of s u pport i n g s i d e membe rs , fixed to each
ot her by means of rungs

Note 1 t o e nt ry: Typical examples of cab l e ladder types of le ngth a re s h own in Annex A F i g u re A.4.

3.6
fitt i n g
syste m component used to c h a n g e d i rect i o n , c h a n g e d i m e n s i o n or term i n ate c a b l e tray lengths
o r cable l a d d e r length s

Note 1 t o e nt ry: Typical examples are bends, tees, crosses.

3.7
c a b l e ru n way
assembly comprising cab l e tray lengths or cable ladder l e n gths and fitt i ngs o n l y

3.8
s u p p o rt device
syste m component d es i g n e d to provide m e c h a n ical s u pport

Note 1 to e ntry : Typical examples of support devices a re shown in Annex 8, F i g u re 8 . 1 , F i g u re 8 . 2 , F i g u re 8 . 3 a n d

F i g u re 8 .4; support devices may p rovide additional functions s u c h as fix i n g s .

3.9
m o u n t i n g d ev i ce
syste m component u sed to attac h or fix other devices to the cable ru nway

3. 1 0
a p p a ratus m o u n t i n g device
part used to acco m m od ate e l ectrical a p paratus, such as switches, socket o ut l ets,
circu it-breakers, tel e p h o n e outl ets , etc . , w h i ch can be a n i ntegral part of the e l ectrical apparatus
and wh ich i s not part of the cable tray system and cable l a d d e r syste m

3. 1 1
system accessory
syste m component u sed for a s u p p l e m e ntary fu nction s u c h as cable reta i n e rs , covers , etc .

3. 1 2
protective e a rt h i n g
protective g ro u n d i n g , US
PE
earth i n g for p u rposes o f e l ectrica l safety

[SO U RCE I EC 60050- 1 9 5 : 2 0 2 1 , 1 9 5-0 1 - 1 1 , mod ified - The a b brevi ated term P E has been
added.]

3. 1 3
meta l l i c system c o m p o n e n t
system component which cons ists of metal only

Note 1 t o entry: Screws a n d other fasteners incl uded i n the system component are not con s id ered.

3.14
n o n -m et a l l i c syste m c o m p o n e n t
syste m component which cons ists of n o n- m eta l l ic m aterial o n ly

Note 1 to entry: Screws a n d other faste ners incl uded i n the system component a re not considered .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 13 -

3. 1 5
com pos ite syste m com p o n e n t
system component which cons ists of both meta l l ic a n d non-m eta l l i c m ateri a l s

Note 1 t o entry: Screws a n d other faste ners incl uded i n the system component a re not considered .

3. 1 6
n o n -f l a m e propagat i n g system c o m p o n e n t
syste m compo nent which can catch fire as a res u lt of a n a p p l ied fla m e a n d the res u l t i n g fl a m e
does n ot pro pa g ate a n d ext i n g u ishes itself with i n a l i m ited t i m e after the appl ied fl a m e i s
removed

3. 1 7
exte r n a l i nf l u e n ce
presence of water, o i l , b u i l d i n g materi a l s , co rros ive a n d po l l u t i n g s u bsta nces , exte rn a l
mech a n i c a l forces fro m s n ow, w i n d , a n d other enviro n mental hazards

3. 1 8
safe wo rk i n g load
SWL
maxi m u m l oa d that can be a p p l ied safely i n normal use

3. 1 9
u n i fo rm l y d i st r i b uted l o ad
UDL
load applied eve n ly over a g iven area

Note 1 t o e nt ry: Methods of applying un iformly d i stri b uted loads are s hown i n Annex D a n d Annex E .

3.20
span
d i sta nce betwe en the cen tres of two adjacent s u p port devices

3.21
i n terna l fix i n g d e v i ce
device fo r j o i n i n g a n d/or fixi n g system compon ents to other syste m co mpone nts

Note 1 to entry: This device i s p a rt of the system but is not a system component.

Note 2 to entry: Typical examples are n uts and bolts .

Note 3 to e ntry: A device used for fixing s u pport d evices to wal l s , c e i l i ngs or other structural parts, is not part of
the system .

3.22
base a re a
plan a rea ava i l a b l e for ca bles

3.23
free b a s e a rea
part of the base area wh ich is open to the flow of the a i r

Note 1 t o e nt ry: This includes the area between ca ble l a d d e r rungs and the holes i n cable l a d d e r r u n g s .

3.24
load d i stri b u t i o n p l ate
means t h ro u g h which a point load is a p p l i e d to the s a m p l e fo r testing pu rposes
 - 14 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

3.25
pro d u ct type
system component fo r wh ich o n l y one s pec ific d i m e n s i o n is a l lowed to be changed

Note 1 t o entry: The specific d i mensions are l i sted i n 5 . 1 1 .

3.26
l o n g it u d i n a l deflect i o n
arithmetic mean of t h e vertical d eflect i o n , o f the s i d e m e m be rs , o f a cable tray o r cable l a d d e r
mou nted i n the h orizontal p l a n e

3.27
tra n sverse deflect i o n
re s u lt of su btracting the l o n g itu d i n a l d eflect i o n fro m t h e vertical d eflection measured at the
centre of the base area

3.28
l o c a l ized wea k n ess
area of the cable tray o r cable l a d d e r l e n gth wh ich , d u e to t h e d e s i g n h a s :

• a lower s h earing res ista n ce than the med i u m s h earing res istance of the length a nd/or;
• a l ower res istance to t h e bend i n g moment t h a n the med i u m res ista n ce to the bend i ng
moment

Note 1 t o e ntry : A typical example o f localized weakness is t h e perforation o f s i d e mem bers t o accommodate the
rungs of cable l a d d e r.

3.29
o rg a n i c coat i n g
coating ( s u c h as paint, l a cq u er or p owder coati n g ) i n wh ich t h e pri n c i p a l i n g re d i e nts a re d e rived
fro m some co m p o u n d of carbon

3.30
pendant
vertical suspension device

3.31
trapeze s u p p o rt
ho rizontal su pport i n g device s u p ported by two or more penda nts

3.32
trapeze system
asse m b l y comprising penda n ts and a trapeze s u p port

3.33
ce n t ra l l y s u p p o rted b racket
horizontal s u p po rt i n g device s u p ported in the centre by a s i n g l e p e n d a n t

3.34
spec ified c a b l e t ray system
u n i q u e co m b i n ation of cable tray syste m compo ne nts assembled accord i n g to m a n ufact u re r's
i n structions

3.35
spec ified c a b l e l a d d e r system
u n i q u e co m b i n ation of cable l a d d e r system compon ents assembled accord i n g to m a n ufactu rer's
i n structions
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 15 -

3.36
j o i nt
connection of two cable tray l e n g th s , cable l a d d e r l e n gths or fitt i ngs either with or without a
co u p l e r

3.37
coupler
syste m component used to con nect two cable tray lengths, cable l a d d e r l engths or fittings

4 G e n e ra l re q u i re m e nts

Cable tray systems a n d cable ladder syste m s s h a l l be d e s i g n e d a n d constructed so that i n

normal u s e , w h e n i n st a l l e d accord i n g t o t h e m a n ufact u rer's o r res ponsible vendor's i n struct i o n s ,
they e n s u re re l i a bl e s u p port to t h e cables conta i n ed there i n . T h ey s h a l l not pose a n y
u n reason a b l e h azard to the u ser o r c a b l e s .

Compliance is checked by carrying out all the rele vant tests specified in this document.

A s u m mary of complia nce c h ecks is d etai led in An nex I, Ta b l e 1. 1 a n d Annex J , Table J . 1 .

Cable tray syste m s a n d cable l a d d e r syste ms accord i n g to t h i s d o c u m e n t a re not i ntended to

s u p p o rt the weight of a h u m a n b e i n g .

5 G e n e ra l c o n d i t i o n s for tests

5.1 Tests accord i n g t o t h i s d oc u m e n t are type tests .

5.2 U n l es s otherwise specifi e d , tests s h a l l be carried out with cable tray syste m compon ents
o r cable l a d d e r system compon ents assembled and i nsta lled as in normal use accord i n g to the
man ufactu rer's o r res p o n s i b l e ven dor's i n struct i o n s .

5.3 Tests o n n o n - meta l l i c system compon ents or compos ite system components s h a l l not
commence earlier t h a n 1 68 h after m a n ufactu re .

5.4 U n l ess oth erwise s pecified , a l l tests are carried o u t o n n ew s a m p les a n d s h a l l be carried
out at a n a m b i e n t temperature of 2 0 °C ± 5 ° C .

5.5 W h e n toxic o r hazard o u s processes are used , preca u t i o n s s h a l l b e taken t o safe g u a rd

the person perfo r m i n g the test.

5.6 U n l ess otherwise specified , three samples a re s u bj ected to the tests and the
req u i reme nts a re satisfied if all the tests are met. The n u m ber of s a m p les req u i red fo r specific
tests are deta i l e d i n A n n ex K, Table K. 1 .

If o n e of the samples does not sati sfy a test d u e to a n assembly or a m a n u fa ct u r i n g fa u lt , that

test and any p reced i n g one w h i c h may h ave i nfl u e n ced the res u lts of the test s h a l l be repeated
and also the tests wh ich fo l l ow s h a l l be made in the req u i red seq u e nce o n a n other fu l l set of
s a m p l e s , all of which s h a l l comply with t h e req u i rements.

The a p p l i cant, when s u b m itti n g a set of s a m p l e s , may also s u b m i t a n add i t i o n a l set of s a m p l e s

w h i c h m a y be n ecessary , s h o u l d o n e s a m p l e fa i l . The test i n g stati o n w i l l the n , without further
req u est, test the a d d i t i o n a l set of samples and w i l l reject only if a further fa i l u re occ u rs . If the
add i t i o n a l set of samples is n ot s u bm itted at the same time, the fa i l u re of one s a m p l e w i l l e n ta i l
rej ectio n .
 - 16 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

5. 7 If t h e rel ative h u m i d ity of t h e atmos phere has a s i g n ificant effect o n the class ified
properties of the samples u n d e r test, the m a n u facturer or res p o n s i b l e vendor s h a l l d e c l a re this
i nfo rmati o n .

5.8 I f a syste m component or system is coated i n p a i nt or a n y other s u bstance wh ich is l i kely

to affect its classified properties , then the re levant tests i n th is document shall be perfo rmed on
the coated s a m p l e .

5.9 F o r the S W L test specified i n s u bc l a u ses from 1 0 . 2 t o 1 0 . 8 , d efl ections s h a l l b e measured

by i n stru me nts with a precision of 0, 1 m m or better i n all the ra n g e of measure m e n t .

The total a p p l i e d l oad for e a c h o f the S W L tests s h a l l h ave a tolerance of 0 % to + 3 % .

A l l l e n gths a n d d ista nces for test arra n g e m e nts s h a l l not exceed a tolerance of ± 5 % with a
l i m i t i n g v a l u e of ±50 m m .

5. 1 0 T o avo i d t h e poss i b i l ity o f fa lse d efl ection res u lts a r i s i n g beca u s e o f s l i p p a g e , t h e sa m p l e

s h a l l be positioned e i t h e r at the l i m i t o f i t s adj u stme n t , wh ich prevents s l i p page o r be marked
so that any s l i ppage can be ea s i l y i d e n tified d u ri n g the test.

5.1 1 Spec ific d i m e n s i o n s wh ich are a l l owed to be changed with i n pro d u ct types

- width of a cable tray len gth ,

- w i dth of a cable l a d d e r l e n g t h ,
l e ngth o f a canti l ever bracket,
l e ngth of a centra l l y s u pp orted bracket,
le ngth of a pendant,
l e n gth of a trapeze s u p port,
- width of a C shape ce i l i n g s u pport .

Diffe rent j o i n t i n g methods, perforation pattern s , m ate rial spec ifications o r t h i cknesses
co nstitute d iffe re n t pro d u ct types.

6 C l ass ificat i o n

6.1 Accord i n g t o mate r i a l

6. 1 . 1 Meta l l i c system component

6.1 .2 N on - meta l l ic system component

6. 1 . 3 Com posite system component

6.2 Acco rd i n g t o res i st a n c e to f l a m e p ropag a t i o n

6.2.1 F l a m e propagat i n g syste m component

6.2.2 N on-fl a m e propagati n g syste m component

6.3 Acco rd i n g t o e l ect r i c a l c o nt i n u ity c h a racterist i cs

6.3.1 Cable tray system or c a b l e l a d d e r syste m without e lectrica l conti n u ity characteristics

6.3.2 C a b l e tray system or c a b l e ladder syste m w i t h el ectrical conti n u ity c h a ra cteristics

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 17 -

6.3.3 Cable tray syste m or c a b l e l a d d e r system with e l ectrical conti n u ity chara cteristics a n d
w i t h protective earth ing ( P E ) fu nction

NOTE This classification i s n o t permitted i n Swed e n accord i ng t o nation a l wiring rules based o n I E C 60364-5-54.

6.4 Accord i n g t o e l ectri c a l co n d u ct ivity

6.4.1 E l ectrically c o n d u ctive system component

6.4.2 E l ectrically n o n -co n d u ctive syste m component

N O T E Comp o nents for metal c a b l e tray systems a n d metal cable l a d d e r systems with a coati n g a re considered a s
cond uctive.

6.5 Accord i n g t o res i st a n c e a g a i nst co rros i o n

6.5.1 General

If system compon ents with i n t h e cable tray system or cable ladder system have d i ffe re nt
class ificati o n s , then the m a n ufact u rer or res p o n s i b l e vendor s h a l l d e c l a re the class ificat i o n fo r
each syste m component.

Even t h o u g h i nternal fixi n g devices are not system components, they s h a l l be classified
accord ing to res istance to co rros i o n . M eta l l i c coated i nternal fix i n g d ev i ces s h a l l be class ified
accord i n g to Ta b l e 1 or Table 1 1 . For sta i n less steel i nternal fix i n g devices the i r class ificati o n
s h a l l be a cco rd i n g t o I S O 3506- 1 .

NOTE Special l ocal e nv i ro nmenta l conditions are not consi d e red i n this document.

6.5.2 N o n -meta l l i c system c o m po nent

6.5.3 Meta l l i c system c o m po nent

6 . 5. 3 . 1 G e n e ra l

Res ista nce a g a i nst corrosion is class ified accord i n g t o Table 1 , Table 2 o r Table 1 1 a s
appl ica b l e . Table 1 l ists t h e class ification for resi sta n ce a g a i nst corro s i o n d e pend i n g o n the
refe rence coating used . Ta b l e 2 l ists some of the commonly used sta i n less stee l g rades.
Table 1 1 , based on the n e u tra l salt s pray (NSS) test d u ratio n , l ists the c l ass ification fo r
res istance a g a i nst corros ion for coat i n g s not l isted i n Table 1 .

NOTE 1 Any comp a rison made between diffe rent types of coati ngs with the same classification designation, d oes
not i n d i cate the same l ife expectancy of these coatings when they a re used in the same e n v i ro n m e ntal conditions.
For further d etail refer to I SO 9227 a n d I S O/TR 1 6335.

NOTE 2 To i n d icate the l ife to first mai ntenan ce for z i n c coated p roducts refer to ISO 14 7 1 3-1 .
 - 18 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

6.5.3.2 System com p o n e n t m a d e o f m i l d stee l w i t h meta l l i c coat i n g

6 . 5. 3 . 2 . 1 System com p o n e n t m a d e o f m i l d stee l with z i n c coat i n g referenced i n

Table 1

Tab l e 1 - C l ass i ficat i o n fo r res istance a g a i nst co rros i o n fo r z i n c e l e ct ro p l ated ,

p re-g a l v a n i sed a n d post-g a lva n i sed m i l d ste e l p rod u cts

Class M eta l l i c coat i n g refe rence

1 Electropl ated to a m i n i m u m t h i ckness of 5 µ m according to I S O 2081 or ISO 40428

1 Pre-galvan ised to coating designation Z 1 00 a n d with a thickness accord i n g to I S O 3575, I SO 4998

o r E N 1 0346

1 Pre-galvan ised to coating designation Z 1 40 a n d with a thickness accord i n g to I S O 3575, I SO 4998

o r E N 1 0346

2 Electropl ated to a m i n i m u m thi ckness of 1 2 µ m accord i n g to I S O 2081 or I S O 40428

2 P re-galva n ised to coating designation Z200 a n d with a thickness accord i n g to I S O 3575, I S O 4998
o r E N 1 0346

3 P re-galva n ised to coating designation Z275 a n d with a thickness accord i n g to I S O 3575, I S O 4998
o r E N 1 0346

4 Pre-galvan ised to coating designation Z350 a n d with a thickness accord i n g to I S O 3575, I S O 4998
o r E N 1 0346

5A Pre-galvan ised to coating designation Z600 and with a thickness accord i n g to ISO 3575, ISO 4998
o r EN 1 0346

58 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness (minimum) of 45 µ m accord i n g to ISO 1 46 1 for
zinc thickness only or I S O 1 06848

6 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 55 µ m accord i n g to ISO 1 46 1 for

zinc thickness only

7 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 70 µ m accord i n g to ISO 1 46 1 for

zinc thickness only

8 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 85 µ m accord i n g to ISO 1 46 1 for

zinc thickness only ( u s u a l l y h i g h s i l i con steel )

9 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 1 1 O µm accord i n g to I S O 1 4 6 1 for

zinc thickness only ( u s u a l l y h i g h s i l i con steel }

10 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 1 40 µ m accord i n g to I S O 1 4 6 1 for

zinc thickness only ( u s u a l l y h i g h s i l i con steel }

11 Post-galvanised to a zinc mean coat i n g thi ckness ( m i n i m u m ) of 1 65 µm accord i n g to I S O 1 4 6 1 for

zinc thickness only ( u s u a l l y h i g h s i l i con steel )

NOTE Z i n c coatings on w i re accord i ng to E N 1 0244-2 ca n be classified by reference to equ ivalent coat i n g

thickness i n Tab l e 1 .

a
I S O 4042 a n d I SO 1 0684 a re u sed for i nternal fix i n g d evices o n l y .

6 . 5 . 3 . 2 .2 System com p o n e nt m a d e of m i l d stee l w i t h a z i n c coat i n g method

refe ren ced i n T a b l e 1 a n d h a v i n g a d e s i g n at i o n o r t h i c kness n ot refe renced
in Table 1

If a syste m co m po n e n t made of m i l d steel has a coating d e s i g n at i o n or t h i ckness not referenced

in Table 1 but w h ich has a method of zinc coating deta i l e d in Table 1 , a cla ss ificati o n can sti l l
b e o bta i n e d without t h e need t o test b y u s i n g t h e n ext lowest class ificatio n . F o r exa m p l e , 2225
can be class ified as 220 0 .

I f a n i nternal fixing device t o I S O 4042 or I S O 1 06 84 h a s a coati n g th ickness n o t refe renced i n

Table 1 a class ification can sti l l b e o bta i n ed without t h e need t o test b y u s i n g t h e n ext lowest
class ificatio n . For exa m p l e , an i n tern a l fixi n g to I SO 4042 with a t h i c k n ess of 8 µm can be
cl assified accord i n g to Table 1 as class 1 .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 19 -

6.5.3.2.3 System com p o n e n t m ad e o f m i l d stee l w i t h a method o r type o f meta l l i c

coat i n g n ot refere n ced i n Ta b l e 1

For system compon ents made of m i l d steel with a method or type of meta l l i c coati ng not
refe renced i n Table 1 , a salt sp ray test is req u i red accord i n g to 1 4 . 2 . T h e cl ass ificat i o n obta i n e d
s h a l l be the o n e correspond i n g t o t h e d u ration o f the salt s pray test s h own i n Table 1 1 .

6.5.3.3 System com p o n e n t m ad e o f sta i n l ess steel

Table 2 - C l ass i ficat i o n fo r res istance a g a i nst co rros i o n fo r sta i n less ste e l p ro d u cts

Corrosion res i stance classes for sta i n less steel products

�
Steel d e s i g nation Cl assifi cation for
a i nternal fixi n g
EN ASTM UNS GOST
devi ces

I 1 . 4003 4 1 0L X2CrN i 1 2 F1

( 1 0, 5 s PREN < 1 .40 1 6 430 S43000 1 2Ch 1 7 F1

1 7,0) 1 .4 5 1 2 409 S40900 X2CrTi 1 2 F1
1 . 4301 304 S30400 08Ch 1 8N 1 0 A2
1 .4307 304L S30403 03Ch 1 8N 1 1 A2L
1 .4 3 1 1 304LN S30453 A2
II
1 .4541 321 S 32 1 0 0 1 2C h 1 8N 1 0T A2
( 1 7, 0 s
PREN <
1 .4 3 1 8 301 LN A2
22,5)
1 .4306 304L S30403 03Ch 1 8N 1 1 A2
1 .4567 304Cu S30430 A2
1 .4482 S3200 1 02
1 .4401 316 S3 1 600 08Ch 1 6N 1 1 M 3 A4
1 .4404 A4L
3 1 6L S 3 1 603
1 .4435 03Ch 1 7N 1 4 M 3 A4L
1 .4 5 7 1 3 1 6Ti S 3 1 635 1 0C h 1 7N 1 3M2T A4

Ill 1 .4429 3 1 6LN S 3 1 653 A4

(22 , 5 s
PREN < 1 .4432 3 1 6L S 3 1 603 06Ch 1 7N 1 3 M3-WO A4
30,5) 1 .4 1 62 S 32 1 0 1 04
1 .4662 S8244 1 04
1 .4362 S32304 04
1 .4062 S32202 04
1 .4 5 78 A4

IV 1 .4439 S 3 1 726 A4

(30,5 s PREN < 1 .4462 S 3 1 803 06

37,0) 1 .4539 904L N 08904 A5L
1 .4565 S34565 A5
1 .4529 926 N 08926 A5
v 1 .4547 S 3 1 254 A5
(37 , 0 s PREN) 1 .44 1 0 S32750 08
1 .4 5 0 1 S32760 08
1 .4507 08
a
Where post treatment is carried out, the classification reference (see 7 . 2 . 2 d ) shall be suffixed with (pt) , for
examp l e , n o post treatme n t Table 2 class I l l , with post treatment Table 2 class l l l (pt), where (pt) is the post
treatme n t of the fi nished p rod u ct .
T h e post treatment process accord i n g t o ASTM : A380/A3 8 0 M or equivalent E N , I S O sta n d a rd f o r example
E N 25 1 6 is used to improve the p rotection agai nst crevi ce crack corros ion a n d agai nst contam i n ation by othe r
steel s .
This Table 2 contai ns t h e i nformation from E N 1 0088-1 a n d E N 1 993- 1 -4 i n c l u d i n g a d d i t i o n a l i nformatio n
AST M , U N S a n d GOST.
 - 20 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Sta i n less steel shall h ave m i n i m u m of 1 0 , 5 % c h ro m i u m (Cr) a n d max i m u m of 1 , 2 % carbon

(C) acco rd i n g to EN 1 0 0 2 0 : 2 0 0 0 , 3 . 2 . 2 ;
Sta i n l ess steel referenced i n Table 2 is cl ass ified a ccord i n g t o Table 2 ;
Sta i n less steel not refere nced i n Table 2 is classified b y calculation o f t h e p i tti ng res ista n ce
e q u iva l e n t n u m ber ( P R E N ) accord i n g to the fol l owi n g equation a n d then select i n g the
ap propri ate class as s h own i n t h e exa m ple below.

PREN = Cr + 3,3 x Mo + 1 6 x N

where
Cr is the m i n i m u m declared percentage of chrom i u m ;
Mo is the m i n i m u m dec lared percentage of m o lybd e n u m ; a n d
N is the m i n i m u m decl ared percentage o f n itrog e n .

T h e fo l l owi ng is a cl ass ification exa m p le u s i ng P R E N .

A m a n ufact u re r's d ec l a ration has th e fol lowi n g values:

Cr = 1 1 %
Mo = 2 %
N = 0, 1 %

U s i n g the above eq uati o n , the P R E N va l u e is 1 1 + 3 , 3 x 2 + 1 6 x 0 , 1 , th e refore the P R E N

eq uals 1 9 , 2 w h i c h is c l a s s I I i n T a b l e 2 .

6 . 5. 3 . 4 System c o m p o n e n t w i t h o rg a n i c coat i n g

6.5.3.4.1 G e n e ra l

Res i sta nce to corrosion is class ified accord i n g to Table 1 a n d accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 3 . 4 . 2 a n d/or
6.5.3.4.3.

6.5.3.4.2 Deg ree of d e l am i n at i o n a n d co rros i o n a ro u n d a s c ri b e o r other a rt ifi c i a l

d efect

The deg ree of corrosion aro u n d a scribe is measured accord i n g to I S O 4628-8 : 2 0 1 2 . See
1 4.2.6.3.

6 . 5 . 3 .4 . 3 Q u a n t ity a n d s ize of d efects, a n d o f i nt e n s ity of u n ifo rm c h a n g e s i n

a p pe a ra n ce

The deg ree of corrosion of the s u rface is m eas u red accord i n g to I S O 4628-3 : 2 0 1 6 , Table 1 .
See 1 4 . 2 . 6 . 3 .

6.5.3.5 System c o m p o n e n t m a d e from a l u m i n i u m a l l oy

U n d e r consid e rati on .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 21 -

6.6 Acco rd i n g to tem p erat u re

6.6.1 M i n i m u m tem p e ratu re f o r t h e system c o m p o n e nt a s g iven i n T a b l e 3

Tab l e 3 - M i n i m u m tem p e ra t u re c l a s s i f i ca t i o n

M i n i m u m transport, storage, i nstal lation and

appl ication temperature

o c

+5

-5

-15

-20

-25

-40

-50

-70

6.6.2 M ax i m u m tem perat u re f o r t h e system com p o n e n t as g iven i n T a b l e 4

T a b le 4 - Max i m u m tem perat u re c lassifi cat i o n

Maxi m u m transport, storage, i nstal lation a n d

a p p l i cation temperature

o c

+ 40

+60
+ 90

+ 1 05

+ 1 20

+ 1 50

6.7 Accord i n g t o t h e p e rforat i o n i n t h e base a rea of t h e c a b l e tray l e n g t h a s g iven i n

Ta b l e 5

Table 5 - P e rforat i o n base a rea c l ass ification

Classification Perforation in t h e base a rea

A :S 2 %

B > 2 % a n d :S 1 5 %

c > 1 5 % a n d :S 30 %

D > 30 %

NOTE Classification D rel ates to I E C 60364-5-52 : 2 0 0 9 ,

B . 52 . 6 . 2 b ) .
 - 22 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

6.8 Acco rd i n g t o t h e free b a s e a rea o f m e s h c a b l e tray l e n gt h o r c a b l e l a d d e r l e n gth

as g i ve n in T a b l e 6

Table 6 - F ree base a rea c l ass ifi cati o n

C lassifi cation Free base a rea

x $ 80 %
y > 80 % and :> 90 %

z > 90 %

N OTE Classification Z relates to IEC 60364 - 5 - 52 :2009,

B .52.6.2 c).

6.9 Accord i n g t o i m pact resista n ce of n o n -meta l l i c a n d com posite syste ms

6.9.1 System component offeri ng i m pact res i stance of 2 J

6.9.2 System component offeri ng i m pact res i stance of 5 J

6.9.3 Syste m component offeri ng i m pact res i stance of 1 0 J

6.9.4 Syste m component offeri ng i m pact res i stance of 20 J

6.9.5 System component offeri ng i m pact res i stance of 50 J

7 M a r k i n g a n d d o c u m e ntat i o n

7.1 M a rk i n g

7.1 .1 G e n e ra l

Each syste m component s h a l l be l e g i b l y marked wit h :

- the m a n ufacturer's or res ponsible ven dor's n a m e or trademark or i d e n tificat i o n mark;

- a prod u ct i d e ntification mark which may be, for exa m p l e , a cata l o g u e n u m ber, a sym bol , o r
the l i ke . When system componen ts other t h a n cable tray l e n gths a n d cable l a d d e r l e n gths
a re s u p p l ied i n a packa g e , the pro d u ct id entificat i o n mark may be, as a n a lternat ive , m a rked
o n the s m a l lest package u n it ;
- fl a m e propagating syste m com ponents d ecl ared as b e i n g i n accord a n ce with 6 . 2 . 1 s h a l l be
m a rked with a fl a m e propagating symbol in accord a nce with I EC 604 1 7- 6 1 8 0 : 2 0 1 3- 0 1 , a s
s hown in F ig u re 1 . The s y m b o l s h a l l be p l aced o n the system component a n d on the s m a l lest
s u p p l i ed package or l a be l . When it is n ot feas i b l e to have th is i d e n t ificati on m a rk on s m a l l
syste m compone nts , d u e t o t h e s m a l l size of the ite m , i t i s sufficient t o p l ace the sym bol o n
the s m a l l est s u p p l ied packa g e ;

L _J
F i g u re 1 - F l am e p ro p a g at i n g sym b o l

if a n earth term i n a l is s u p p l ied , then it s h a l l be m a rked with the symbol @ i n acco rda nce
with I E C 604 1 7-50 1 9 : 2006-08 .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 23 -

7.1 .2 D u ra b i l ity o f m a rk i n g

7.1 .2.1 G e n e ra l

A l l m a r k i n g s s h a l l b e d u ra b l e .

Each type of label shall be tested for durability on each type of material. Laser marking directly
on the product and marking made by moulding, pressing or engraving are not subjected to this
test.

Compliance is checked by the tests in 7. 1 . 2. 2 and 7. 1 . 2. 3 and by inspection, using normal or

corrected vision, witho ut additional magnifica tion and by rubbing the label using the equipment
shown in Figure 2. New samples for 7. 1 . 2. 2 and 7. 1 . 2. 3 shall be used.

<(

/EC

Key

A Dia meter of the piston (20 ± 1 ) m m

B Rad i u s of the piston head (20 ± 1 ) mm

C G a p between piston head a n d cyl i n d e r 2+01 m m

F i g u re 2 - P i ston fo r d u ra b i l ity of m a r k i n g test

The test piston head shall be made of an elastic material which is inert against the test liquids
and has a Shore-A hardness of 4 7 ± 5 (for example synthetic rubber) . The piston shall be
wrapped with cotton comprising cotton wool covered by a piece of cotton medical gauze.

When it is not possible to carry out the test on the specimens due to the shape and/or size of
the product, a suitable piece having the same characteristics as the product can be submitted
to the test.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements.

7 . 1 .2.2 Test f o r d u ra b i l i ty of m a rk i n g

The sample shall b e rubbed b y applying a compression force of (5 ± 1 ) N at a rate of one cycle
per second for 1 5 s (a cycle comprising a forward and backward movement along the length of
the marking) by means of the test piston shown in Figure 2.

Rubbing shall commence immediately after soaking the piece of cotton with water. For markings
longer than 20 mm, rubbing can be limited to a part of the marking, over a path of at least
20 mm length.
 - 24 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

The sample surface shall then be dried and the test repeated on the same sample using new
cotton soaked in n-hexane 95 % solvent.

When using this liquid, precautions as stated in the relative material safety datasheet provided
by the chemical supplier shall be taken to safeguard the person performing the test.

N O TE n-hexane 9 5 % (Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number, GA S RN, 1 1 0-54-3) is a vailable from a variety
of chemical s uppliers as a high pressure liquid chroma tography (HPLC) solvent.

A fter the test, the marking shall be legible.

7.1 .2.3 Test for d u ra b i l i ty o f l a b e l a d h es i o n

Under consid e rati on .

7.2 Docu m e ntat i o n

7.2.1 If a system c o m p o n e n t ca n , by taking precautions, be stored a n d tra nsported at a

te m p erature outs i d e the declared temperatures accord i n g to Table 3 a n d Table 4 , the
m a n ufact u re r o r res ponsible vendor shall declare the preca utions and the a l ternative
te m pe rature l i m its .

Compliance is checked by inspection.

7.2.2 The m a n ufacture r or res p o n s i b l e vendor s h a l l p rov i d e i n its l iteratu re all i nfo rmation
necessary fo r the proper a n d s afe instal lation a n d use of t h e cable tray system and cable ladder
syste m . T h e SWL a n d i m pact res istance is v a l i d for the whole tem perature classificati on
declared . For the d ec l a red a p p l icati o n s t h e i nformation s h a l l i n c l u d e :

a) i nstructions fo r t h e asse m b l y a n d i n sta l l ation of syste m compon e nts a n d fo r the preca utions
req u i red to avoid excessive tran sverse d eflectio n , wh ich co u l d cause d a mage to the cables
(see 5 . 2 , 9 . 3 , 1 0 . 3 , 1 0 . 7 , 1 0 . 8 , a n d 1 4 . 1 ) ;
b) thermal exp a n s i o n properties a n d preca utions to be taken, if n e cessary;
c) relative h u m i d ity if it affects the cl ass ifications (see 5 . 7 ) ;
d ) class ification acco rd i n g t o C l a use 6 . W h ere class ification refers t o corros i o n res ista nce t h e
relevant table s h a l l a l s o b e s pecifi e d . Exa m p les a r e for coated m i l d s teel Table 1 class 3 ,
o r fo r sta i n less steel Table 2 c l ass I V or for t h e s a l t s pray test Table 1 1 class 3 ;
e ) i nfo rmation o n holes o r devices when p rovi d e d for eq u i poten tial b o n d i n g (see 6 . 3 . 2 ) i n
partic u l a r when a spec ific e l ectrical con nect i o n device is n e cessary;
f) p reca utions for trans port and storage outs i d e the declared te m peratu re classificatio n , where
a p p l ica b l e (see 7 . 2 . 1 ) ;
g ) prod uct d i m e n s i o n s (see Clause 8 ) ;
h ) to rque settings i n N m for screwed co n n ections a n d i nternal fix i n g devices a s well a s t h rea d s ,
where a p p l icable (see 9 . 4 . 1 a n d 9 . 4 . 2 ) ;
i) S W L i n N/m for the ca b l e tray l e n gths or c a b l e l a d d e r lengths fo r t h e d ec l a red s p a n i n c l u d i ng
j o i n ts, where a p p l icable for o n e or m ore of the fo l l owi n g i nstal lation methods (see 1 0 . 1 ) :
1 ) mou nted i n t h e horizontal p l a n e ru n n i n g horizo nta l l y o n m u ltiple s p a n s a cco rd i n g t o the
declared test type a n d e n d span l i m itati o n s (see 1 0 . 3 ) ;
W h e n t h e width o f t h e s u p port is less t h a n 4 0 m m t h e s u pport s h a l l b e d e c l a re d .
2 ) mou nted i n t h e h orizo ntal p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly o n a s i n g l e s p a n (see 1 0 . 4 ) ;
When t h e width o f t h e s u p port is less t h a n 40 m m t h e s u p port s ha l l b e d e c l a re d .
3 ) m o u nted i n t h e vertical p l a n e ru n n i n g horizontally (see 1 0 . 5 ) ;

j) type o f co u p l i ng where a p p l i c a b l e ;
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 25 -

k) SWL i n N/m fo r cable tray l engths a n d cable l a d d e r l e n gths mou nted i n the vertical p l a n e
ru n n i n g vertica l l y , tog ether w i t h the s u p ports used i n the test, for the d ec l a red span V. T h e
decla ration s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e d istance C w h i c h is the m ax i m u m cable fix i n g d i stance fo r
vertical i nsta l l ation a n d used i n the test d efi ned i n 1 0 . 6 , as s h own i n F i g u re 1 7 a ) a nd
F ig u re 1 7 b) ;
I) SWL in N/m for the fitt i n g s when n ot d i rectly s u p po rted and the d ista n ce Y fro m the s u p po rts
adj acent to the fitti n g s (see 1 0 . 7 ) ;
m ) fix i n g method for i n sta l l i n g c a b l e tray or c a b l e l a d d e r to the s u p po rts w h e n d e c l a red fo r the
test (see 1 0 . 3 , 1 0 .4 and 1 0 . 8 . 2 ) ;
n ) associated i n formation for cantilever brackets w h e n used t o s u ppo rt cable tray l e n gths a nd
cable l a d d e r lengths mou nted i n the horizontal p l a n e fo r the fo l l owi ng types of i n sta l l a t i o n :
1 ) S W L i n N o f canti lever brackets d eclared for use w i t h u n s pec ified c a b l e tray syste ms
o n l y . If a p pro p riate, the m i n i m u m width of cable tray used with the canti lever fo r
u n s pecified cable tray syste m (see 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 2 ) ;
2 ) S W L i n N of canti l ever brackets d ecl ared for use with u n s pecified cable l a d d e r syste m s
o n l y . I f a p p ropriate, the m i n i m u m width o f cable l a d d e r used w i t h the cant i l ever for
u n s pecified cable l a d d e r system (see 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 ) ;
3 ) SWL i n N o f canti lever brackets declared for use with both cable tray a n d cable l a d d e r
syste m s wh ich are u n s pecifi e d . I f a ppropriate, t h e m i n i m u m w i d th of ca b l e t ray or cable
l a d d e r used with the canti lever for both cable tray a n d cable ladder syste m s which a re
u n s pecified (see 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 4 ) ;
4) SWL i n N o f canti l ever brackets d ecl ared for use w i t h specified c a b l e tray syste m s . A l l
o f the components a n d d eta i ls o f t h e assembly i n c l u d i n g the maxi m u m s p a n o v e r w h i c h
t h e canti lever a r m s can be used ( s e e 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 5 ) ;
5 ) SWL i n N o f canti l ever brackets d eclared for u s e w i t h spec ified c a b l e l a d d e r syste m s .
All o f t h e compon ents a n d d etails o f t h e assembly i n c l u d i n g t h e m ax i m u m s p a n ove r
wh ich the canti lever arms can be used (see 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 6 ) ;
o) S W L o f penda nts for canti lever brackets as a ben d i n g m o m e n t i n N m a n d/or a s a force i n N
(see 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 1 ) ;
p) S W L i n N for C s h a p e ce i l i n g s u p ports a n d if used for c a b l e tray o n ly (see 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 3 ) ;
q ) SWL i n N a n d t h e degree o f u n even load i n g of a centrally s u pported b racket (see 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 ) ;
r) SWL in N for trapeze syste m or trapeze s u p port o n ly (see 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 4 ) ;
s ) the a p p ro p riate m ateri a l s pecification and e n v i ro n mental con d itions fo r which t h e p rod uct i s
s u ita b l e (see 1 4 . 2 ) .

NOTE For the l ist u nd e r 7 . 2 . 2 the SWL i nformation can be given i n the form of a diagram, table, or s i m i lar.

Compliance is checked by inspection.

7.3 F o r P E marki ng a n d docume ntation s e e Annex C .

8 Dimensions

The man ufa cturer o r respon s i b l e v e n d o r s h a l l g ive the fol l owi n g i nformatio n :

- the overa l l e nvelope of t h e cross-section of the cable tray leng th or cable l a d d e r l e n g t h ;

- the width of t h e base area of cable tray l e n gt h or cable ladder leng th ;
- the h e i g h t of the cable tray l e n gth or cable ladder l e n gt h ava i l a b le fo r the acco m modation
of cables when a cover is fitted ;
- the m i n i m u m i nternal rad i u s of fitt i n g s ava i lable for the acco m modation of c a b l e s ;
- the d i m e n s i o n s of the perforat i o n s , a n d their arra n g ements o n the cable tray lengths;
- the d i m e n s i o n s of the rungs i n c l u d i n g perfora t i o n s , if a n y , a n d the ce ntre l i n e s paci n g of the
ru n g s .
 - 26 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

N O T E System components, s u c h as fittings, w h e n used as p a rt o f the system, can change the effective area
available for the accommodation of cables.

Compliance is checked by inspection.

9 C o nstruct i o n

9.1 The same s a m p l e m a y be used for a l l the tests i n this C l a u s e 9 .

9.2 S u rfaces o f system compon ents w h i c h are l i kely t o c o m e i nto co ntact w i t h c a b l e s d u ri n g

i n sta l l ation or use s h a l l n o t c a u s e d a m a g e to the cables when i nsta l led a ccord i n g t o the
man ufactu rer's o r res p o n s i b l e ven dor's i n struct i o n s .

Compliance is checked b y inspection and, if necessary, b y manual test.

9.3 Where the m a n ufact u rer or res p o n s i b l e vendor d oes not declare the use of g loves fo r
i nstallation p u rposes, then the su rfaces of system co m p o n e nts s h a l l be s afe for h a n d l i n g .

Compliance is checked by inspection and, if necessary, by manual test.

9.4 C o n nect i o n s

9.4.1 Screwed con n ecti o n s a n d other fixi n g methods i n cl u d i n g e lectrica l co n n ections s h a l l

b e so designed to withstand t h e mechan ical stresses occurri n g d u ring i n sta l l ations a ccord i n g
t o the man ufactu rer's or res p o n s i b l e vend or's i n struct i o n s a n d n o r m a l u s e . T h ey s ha l l n o t cause
d a m a g e to the ca b l e when correctly i n serted .

Screwed con n ections can be:

a) I S O metric t h reads, or
b) a thread form i n g typ e , or
c) a t h read cutting type (except where t h e syste m is used for P E fu ncti o n ) , if su ita ble d e s i g n
p rov i s i o n s are m a d e , o r
d ) t h reads o t h e r t h a n a ) t o c ) as specified b y the m a n ufact u re r or res po n s i b l e vendor.

Compliance is checked by 9 . 4 . 2 or 9. 4 . 3 or 9.4.4.

9.4.2 Reu s a b l e screwed con n e ctions shall not be t i g htened by sudden o r j e rky motio n s . To
test the screwed con necti o n , it s h a l l be tig hte n ed a n d rem oved :

• 1 0 times for metal screwed connections in engagement with a thread of non-metallic

material and for screwed connections of non-metallic material,

or

• 5 times in all other cases.

The test is carried out using a suitable scre wdriver or spanner to apply the torque as specified
by the manufacturer or responsible vendor.

A fter th e test, there shall be no breakage or damage that will impair the further use of the
screwed connection.

9.4.3 Re usable con n ecti o n s other t h a n screwed con n ecti o n s , for exa m p l e push-on a n d
c l a m p i n g con necti o n s , s h a l l be tig htened a n d rem oved 1 0 t i m es .

NOTE The term reusable means that the con nection can b e d isassembled a n d reassembled .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 27 -

A fter th e test, there shall be no damage to impair the further use of the reusable connections.

9 . 4.4 N on-reusable conn ect i o n s are c h ecked by i nspection a n d , if necessary , by m a n u a l test.

9.5 A n y a p p a ratus mou n ti n g device s h a l l meet t h e req u i re ment o f the a p p ro p riate sta n d a rd .

9.6 Cable tray l e n g t h s , when perforated , s h a l l exh i b i t a reg u l a r perfo rat i o n pattern over the
base area.

Compliance is checked by inspection and measurement.

9.7 C a b l e l a d d e r lengths s h a l l exhibit a reg u l ar rung pattern over t h e base a rea .

Compliance is checked by inspection and measurement.

1 O M e c h a n i c a l propert i e s

1 0.1 M e c h a n i c a l st re n g t h

Cable tray systems a n d cab l e ladder systems s h a l l prov i d e a d e q u ate mechanical strength fo r
their i n te nded u s e .

The m a i n crite rion for the S W L is safety i n use o f the product.

For the declared a p p l ication , the m a n ufacturer or res p o n s i b l e vendor shall declare the SWL to
be tested :

i n N/m fo r each type of cable tray lengt h or cable ladder l e n gth at s pecified d istances ,
p refera b ly i n spans of 0 , 5 m i n crements, between the s u p port devices;
in N/m fo r each type of fitti n g wh ich is n ot d i rectly s u p ported by a s u p po rt d ev i ce ;
i n N or N m for each type of s u pport device.

This i nformation may be g iven in the form of a d i agra m or table or s i m i l a r .

Compliance fo r cable runways is checked b y carrying o u t the rele vant tests according to the
manufacturer's or responsible vendor's declaration as specified in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, 1 0. 5, 1 0. 6 and
1 0. 7 on all widths of each product type. The alternative for the tests specified in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and
1 0. 7 is to test a wider product and the S WL from this can be used for narro wer widths.

Tests of non-perforated cable trays are covered by the tests of compatible perfora ted cable
trays.

Horizontal lengths running in the horizontal plane which are declared for use with both multiple
span and single span applica tions shall be tested in accordance with both 1 0 . 3 and 1 0. 4 .

Vertical lengths running in the horizontal plane which are declared fo r use with both multiple
span and single span applications shall be tested in accordance with both 1 0. 5. 1 and 1 0 . 5. 2.

Compliance for support de vices is checked by carrying out the tests specified in 1 0. 8.

NOTE An overview of the SWL test proce d u re is shown in A n nex L. S ee F i g u re L . 1 for lengths, F i g u re L . 2 for fittings,
F i g u re L . 3 for s u pports, F i g u re L.4 for cantilever b rackets, F i g u re L . 5 for pendants for cantilever b racket, F i g u re L . 6
for centra l ly s u p p o rted bracket a n d F i g u re L. 7 for trapeze s u pports

Cable tray system co m pon ents a n d cable ladder system compone nts s h a l l withsta nd i m pa cts
occu rri n g d u r i n g i n sta l lation .
 - 28 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Compliance is checked by the test specified in 1 0. 9.

1 0 .2 SWL test p roce d u re

1 0.2.1 Ge n e ra l

In 10.2.2 and 1 0. 2. 3, the general procedure and alternative procedures for particular cases are
respectively described.

For the minimum, maximum and alternative temperature tests the method used to apply the
load shall not restrain creepage.

1 0 .2.2 G e n era l p ro ce d u re

1 0 .2.2.1 G e n e ra l

Two tests shall b e carried out:

• at a minimum temperature declared by the manufacturer in accordance with Table 3 and

tested in accordance with 1 0. 2. 2. 2 or 1 0. 2. 2. 4;
• at a maximum temperature declared by the manufacturer in accordance with Table 4 and
tested in accordance with 1 0. 2. 2. 3 or 1 0. 2. 2. 4.

1 0.2.2.2 P referred m i n i m u m t e m p e ra t u re test

The mounted sample shall be conditioned for a minimum of 2 h at the minimum tempera ture
before loading.

The test shall be carried out at minimum temperature declared according to the classification
of Table 3. During this test, the uniformity of the temperature shall be maintained within the
tolerance of ± 5 ° C, 0, 25 m around the samples.

All loads shall be uniformly distributed over the width and length of the sample as shown in
Annex 0, Table 0. 1 , Figure 0. 1 and Table 0 . 2, Figure 0 . 2 where applicable.

The load shall be applied in such a way that a UDL is ensured even in the case of extreme
deformation of the sample.

Typical methods of applying a UDL are shown in Annex E, Figure E. 1, Figure E. 2 and
Figure E. 3.

When testing the sample upside down, the applied load shall be the declared S WL plus twice
the weight of the sample.

When mechanical linkages are used, care shall be taken to ensure all point loads are equal and
transmitted through the load distribution plates.

To allow for settlement of the sample, a pre-load of 10 % of the S WL, unless otherwise specified,
shall be applied for 5 min ± 30 s and then removed. At this time, the measuring apparatus shall
be calibrated to zero.

The load shall then be increased by increments or continuously on each sample through the
load distribution plates, evenly longitudinally and transversely up to the S WL . Increments shall
not be hea vier than a quarter of the S WL .

Measurements o f deflection shall be taken at S WL a n d 1 , 7 times S WL for each test arrangemen t.

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 29 -

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, and 1 0. 7, the longitudinal deflection of each span is the arithmetic
mean of the deflections a t the two measuring points near the side members a s shown in Figure 3,
key 8.

2 3

-----....,...----�· -· · ,
�--·· ·�-a������������b�����������������T--:----
6 11

.. 4 5 9
I I I
/EC

a) Test a rrangement side e levation

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

:530

8 7 8
IEC

b) Deflection meas u r i n g poi nts for cab l e tray

Dimensions in m i l l i metres

:530

8 7 8 8

/EC

c) Defle cti on measuri n g poi nts for cable ladder

 - 30 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Key
Symbol to i nd i cate a u n iformly d istri buted l oad ( U D L )
2 J o i nt
3 Extension of cantilever only permitted when req u i red to s u p port loading media
4 End span :5 the i ntermediate span
5 I ntermediate span = L
6 Maximum u nloaded ove rhang l ength = 500 m m
7 Deflection meas u ri n g point at m id-width for d eterm i n i n g transverse deflection

8 Deflection meas u ri n g poi nts for determ i n i n g longit u d i na l d eflection

9 Cantileve r = 0,4 x the i ntermed iate span L
1 0 Symbol to i nd i cate a su pport position
1 1 Symbol to i nd i cate a deflection measu rement point
a S u pport
b S u pport

c S u pport

d E n d of load

F i g u re 3 - Safe w o rk i n g l o ad test - G e n eral arra n g e m e n t

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7, where visible transversal deformation occurs, a third
measurement of deflection shall be taken in the centre of the cable tray base or cable ladder
base at mid-span as shown in Figure 3, key 7 or Figure 1 8, Figure 1 9, Figure 20 point s for
fittings. For the cable ladder, if there is no rung at mid-span, the deflection shall be measured
at the nearest rung. The transverse deflection shall be calculated by subtracting the longitudinal
deflection from the mid-width reading.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0 . 4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measure d
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference be tween the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

The final longitudinal deflection and the final transverse deflection which meet the criteria are
used for the verification of the S WL. For an explanation see Annex G, Figure G. 1 .

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall b e maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is Jess
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.

The final deflection which meets the criterion is used for the verification of the S WL . For an
explanation see Annex G.

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of th e base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The final vertical deflection of the side members and the final vertical deflection of the middle
of the base area which meet the criteria are used for the verification of the S WL. For an
explanation see Annex G.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 31 -

When subjected to the S WL, the sample, its joints and internal fixing devices shall show no
damage or crack visible to normal vie w or corrected vision without magnification and the
deflections of each sample shall not exceed the values specified in 1 0. 3, 1 0 . 4, 1 0. 5, 1 0. 6, 1 0. 7,
and 1 0. 8.

The loa d on the sample shall then be increased to 1 , 7 times the S WL.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections me asured
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference be tween the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is less
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of the base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The sample shall sustain the increased loading without collapsing. Buckling and deformation of
the sample are permissible at this loading.

1 0.2.2.3 P referred m a x i m u m tem p e ratu re test

The mounted sample shall be conditioned for a minimum of 2 h at the maximum temperature
before loading.

The test shall be carried out at maximum temperature declared according to the classification
of Table 4. During this test, the uniformity of the temperature shall be maintained within the
tolerance of ± 5 ° C, 0, 25 m around the samples.

All loads shall be uniformly distributed over the width and length of the sample as shown in
Annex D, Table 0. 1 , Figure 0. 1 and Table 0 . 2, Figure 0. 2 where applicable.

The load shall be applied in such a way that a UDL is ensured e ven in the case of extreme
deformation of the sample.

Typical methods of applying a UDL are shown in Annex E, Figure E. 1 , Figure E. 2 and
Figure E. 3.

When testing the sample upside down, the applied load shall be the declared S WL plus twice
the weight of the sample.

To allow for settlement of the sample, a pre-load of 10 % of the S WL, unless otherwise specified,
shall be applied for 5 min ± 30 s and then removed. At this time, the measuring apparatus shall
be calibrated to zero.

The load shall then be increased by increments or continuously on each sample through the
load distribution plates, e venly longitudinally and transversely up to the S WL. Increments shall
not be hea vier than a quarter of the S WL .

Measurements o f deflection shall be taken at S WL a n d 1 , 7 times S WL for each test arrangement.

 - 32 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, and 1 0. 7, the longitudinal deflection of each span is the arithmetic
mean of the deflections a t the two measuring points near the side memb ers as sho wn in Figure 3,
key 8.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7, where visible transversal deformation occurs, a third
measurement of deflection shall be taken in the centre of the cable tray base or cable ladder
base at mid-span as shown in Figure 3, key 7 or Figure 1 8, Figure 1 9, Figure 20 point s for
fittings. For the cable ladder, if there is no rung at mid-span, the deflection shall be measured
at the nearest rung. The transverse deflections shall be calculated by subtracting the
longitudinal deflection from mid-width reading.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections me asured
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference be tween the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

The final longitudinal deflection and the final transverse deflection which meet the criteria are
used for the verification of the S WL. For an explanation see Annex G, Figure G. 1 .

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall b e maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is less
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.

The final deflection which meets the criterion is used for the verifica tion of the S WL. For an
explanation see Annex G.

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of the base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The final vertical deflection of the side members and the final vertical deflection of the middle
of the base area which meet the criteria are used for the verification of the S WL. For an
explanation see Annex G.

When subjected to the S WL, the sample, its joints and internal fixing devices shall show no
damage or crack visible to normal vie w or corrected vision without magnification and the
deflections of each sample shall not exceed the values specified in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, 1 0. 5, 1 0. 6, 1 0. 7,
and 1 0. 8.

The load on the sample shall then be increased to 1, 7 times the S WL.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 10.4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is less
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 33 -

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of the base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The sample shall sustain the increased loading without collapsing. Buckling and deformation of
the sample are permissible at this loading.

1 0.2.2.4 Altern ative test fo r m i n i m u m o r max i m u m t e m p e ratu re

1 0.2.2.4.1 G e n e ra l

The test is carried out a s subtests A and B. The number o f samples for each subtest is
determin ed from the sample requirement detailed in tests 1 0. 3 to 1 0. 8. The number of samples
shall be equal for each subtest.

Subtests A and B shall be carried out from phase 1 through to phase 3 as shown in Figure 4.

"C
ro
0
-'

Sample of set B
1 ,7 SWL

Sample of set A

Time

Time
1 2 3
.. I � .. I � .. I �
/EC

a) Load a n d temperature d i a g rams for maximum temperat u re

 - 34 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

"O
ro
0
_J

Sample of set B
1 ,7 SWL

Sample of set A

Time

Time

E T2
Q)
.3
� 3
Q)
0.
E
�
/EC

b) Load a n d temperat u re d i ag rams for m i n i m u m tem perature

Key
T 1 Ambient temperature
T2 Temperature declared in Ta ble 3 or Ta b l e 4

1. Phase 1
2. Phase 2
3. Phase 3

F i g u re 4 - Load a n d tem pe ratu re d i a g ra m s with res pect to t i m e fo r test 1 0 . 2 . 2 . 4

1 0.2.2.4.2 P h ase 1 : l o ad i n g from zero to S W L f o r s u btest A a n d from zero t o 1 , 7 SWL

for s u btest B

This phase shall be carried out at ambient temperature.

All loads shall be uniformly distributed over the length and width of each sample as shown in
Annex D, where applicable.

The load shall be applied in such a way that a UDL is ensured even in the case of extreme
deformation of the samples.
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 35 -

Typical methods of applying a UDL are shown in Annex E, Figure E. 1 , Figure E. 2 and
Figure E. 3.

When testing the sample upside down, the applied load shall be the declared S WL plus twice
the weight of the sample.

To allow for settlement of each sample, a pre-load of 10 % of the S WL, unless otherwise
specified, shall be applied for 5 min ± 30 s and then removed. Immediately after this time, the
measurement apparatus shall be calibrated to zero.

The load shall then be increased by increments or continuously on each sample through the
load distribution plates, evenly longitudinally and transversely up to the S WL for subtest A and
up to 1 , 7 S WL for subtest B. Increments shall not be heavier than a quarter of the S WL .

1 0 .2.2.4.3 P h a s e 2 : t e m p e ratu re c h a n g e

Immediately after phase 1 , subtests A a n d B shall be contin ued b y changing the temperature
on the samples from ambient temperature to the tempera ture declared by the manufacturer in
accordance with Table 3 or Table 4. The declared temperature shall be reached no later than
48 h after starting the temperature change.

The declared temperature is considered to be reached when no change of measured

temperature within the tolerance of ± 5 °C in the test chamber occurs during 4 h.

1 0 . 2 . 2 .4 . 4 P h a s e 3 : eva l u ation of test resu lts

This phase shall be carried out immediately after phase 2 a t the declared temperature according
to Table 4. During this phase, the uniformity of the tempera ture shall be maintained within the
tolerance of ± 5 ° C, 0, 25 m around the samples.

This phase requires different procedures for subtests A and B.

Subtest A (measurement of deflection)

During this phase th e deflection of the sample, subjected to S WL, shall be measured at the
points specified for each test arrangement.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, and 1 0. 7, the longitudinal de flection of each sample span is the
arithmetic mean of the deflections at the two measuring points near the side members as sho wn
in Figure 3, key 8.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7 where visible transversal deformation occurs, a third
measurement of deflection shall be taken in the centre of each cable tray base or cable ladder
base at mid span as shown in Figure 3, key 7, or Figure 1 8, Figure 1 9, Figure 20 point s for
fittings. For cable la dders, if there is no rung at mid-span, the deflection shall be measured a t
the nearest rung. The transverse deflections shall be calculated by subtracting the longitudinal
deflection from mid-width reading.

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0 . 4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

The final longitudinal deflection and the final transverse deflection which meet the criteria are
used for the verifica tion of the S WL. For an explanation see Annex G, Figure G. 1 .
 - 36 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is less
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.

The final deflection which meets the criterion is used for the verification of the S WL . For an
explanation see Annex G.

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of the base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The final vertical deflection of the side members and the final vertical deflection of the middle
of the base area which meet the criteria are used for the verification of the S WL. For an
explanation see Annex G.

When subjected to the S WL, the sample, its joints and internal fixing devices shall show no
damage or crack visible to normal view or corrected vision without magnification and the
deflections shall not exceed the values specified in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4, 1 0. 5, 1 0. 6, 1 0. 7 and 1 0. 8.

Subtest B (evaluation of no collapsing)

For the tests in 1 0. 3, 1 0. 4 and 1 0. 7, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured
every 5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last longitudinal deflection and the previous
longitudinal deflection and the difference between the last transverse deflection and the
previous transverse deflection are less than 2 % respectively. These criteria are applicable for
each span.

For the tests in 1 0. 5 and 1 0. 8 the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last deflection and the previous deflection is less
than 2 %. This criterion is applicable for each span.

For the tests in 1 0. 6, the load shall be maintained, and the deflections measured every
5 min ± 30 s until the difference between the last vertical deflection of the side members and
the previous vertical deflection of the side members and the difference between the last vertical
deflection of the middle of the base area and the previous vertical deflection of the middle of
the base area are less than 2 %.

The sample shall sustain the increased loading without collapsing. Buckling and deformation of
the sample is permissible a t this loading.

1 0.2.3 A lternati ve test c o n d i t i o n s fo r 1 0 . 2 . 2

The procedure according t o 1 0. 2. 2 can be modified b y the conditions detailed in either a) or b)

below. Different conditions, as detailed in a) or b) can be used for different system components:

a) at any tempera ture within the declared range if documentation is available which states that
the relevant mechanical properties of the ma terials as used within the samples do not differ
by more than ± 5 % of the a verage between the maximum and minimum property values
due to tempera ture change within the declared temperature range;

NOTE Exam ples of materials that fulfil this condition a re steel a n d a l u m i n ium in a range of tem peratu re from
-25 °C to + 1 2 0 ° C .

b) only a t maximum temperature declared by the manufacturer according to Table 4, if

documenta tion is available which states that the rele vant mechanical properties of the
materials improve when the temperature is decreasing.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 37 -

1 0.3 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray l e n gths a n d c a b l e l ad d e r l e n g t h s m o u nted i n t h e

h o r i zo ntal p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizontal ly o n m u lt i p l e s p a n s

1 0.3.1 G e n eral

Each test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements.

Each test is carried out on cable tray lengths and joints or cable ladder lengths and joints to
verify the declared S WL when mounted over multiple spans with the cable tray or cable ladder
in the flat and horizontal plane.

Each test is carried out with the samples consisting of two or more cable tray lengths or cable
ladder lengths. These shall be joined, as shown in Figure 3 to form two spans plus a cantilever.
Joints are to be positioned as required for each test type following the manufacturer's or
responsible vendor's instructions.

The samples shall be placed on fixed, rigid supports "a ", "b " and "c", which shall be horizontal
and level with a width of 45 mm ± 5 mm. The samples shall not be fixed to the supports unless
a fixing method is declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor in which case this fixing
method shall be used.

If the manufacturer or responsible vendor declares supports as part of the cable tray systems
or cable ladder systems and the width of the supports is smaller than 40 mm, then supports a,
b and c are replaced by rigid supports with a width equal to that in the declared system.

For all test types, full standard cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths shall be used except
where stated, for example Test type 1 item 2, and except for the end positions where cut lengths
shall be used when required.

The cantilever of 0, 4 L can be increased, if necessary, to ensure a UOL on the cantilever.

Depending on the installation method(s) declared by the manufa cturer or responsible vendor,
one or more of the test types in accordance with 1 0. 3. 2 to 1 0. 3. 5 shall be used.

The tests for 1 0. 3. 2 to 1 0. 3. 5 shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2.

Where classification according to Table 3 or Table 4 requires the use of a clima tic chamber and
it is not possible because of space limitations to accommodate the sample, the test can be
carried out in accordance with 1 0. 4.

The practical longitudinal deflection of each span at the S WL shall not exceed 1!1 00th of the
span.

The transverse deflection of each span at the S WL shall not exceed 1!20 1h of the width of the
sample and the samples shall still ensure reliable support to any cables that would normally be
contained therein without posing any unreasonable hazard or danger to the user or cables.

1 0.3.2 Test type I

Test type I shall be used when the manufacturer or responsible vendor does not declare any
end span length limitations or joint position limitations. The test arrangement shall be as shown
in Figure 5.
 - 38 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

2
1 I 3

/.I "
c

1:
L/2 L/2
.. 1-
4 5
I I
/EC

Key

Joint at the m id-point of span a to b

2 P rod uct sta n d a rd length. This s h a l l be red uced only for test purposes if the joint is in the cantilever c to
d. I n such a case the position of the joint s h a l l be p laced between b to c at 25 % of the s p a n length from
c
3 One or more joi nts may be req u i red depend i ng upon the product length a n d span
4 E n d span X = L

5 I nte rmed iate s p a n = L

6 Cantilever = 0 , 4L
a , b and c Su pport positions

d E n d of load
L Distance between s u p ports on l e ngths as decl a red by the m a n ufact u rer

NOTE 1 The test a rrangement represents the worst-case of the joint position in the e n d s p a n .

N O T E 2 The reduction o f the p roduct sta n d a rd l e ngth i s t o a v o i d the possi b l e col l a pse o f the cantilever c t o d d u ri n g
t h e test.

F i g u re 5 - Test type I

1 0.3.3 Test type I I

Test type I I shall be used when the man ufacturer o r responsible vendor declares that o n all
installations there shall be no joints in the end span. The test arrangement shall be as shown
in Figure 6.

For test purposes only, a joint may be required in span a to b because the joint in span b to c
shall always be at the mid-span position.

If the manufacturer or responsible vendor declares that on all installations the end span shall
be reduced in length, th e end span X shall then be declared.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 39 -

2
I 3

l,_�_4___,_�-=-L_/2_ -_5=L=/2=��6
J
----
�--.i

/EC

Key

2
1 J o i nt for test p u rposes o n l y , if req u i red
P roduct sta n d a rd le ngth
3
4
5 I ntermediate span
L L
J o i nt at the m i d -point of span b to c
End span X :5
=

6 Cantilever = 0 , 4L
a , b a n d c Support positions

L
d End of load
Distance between s u p ports on l engths as declared by the manufact u re r

F i g u re 6 - Test type I I

1 0.3.4 Test type I l l

Test type Ill shall be used when the standard cable tray length or cable ladder length is equal
to the intermediate span or multiples of the intermediate span and the manufacturer or
responsible vendor declares the joint position, relative to the support, to be used on all
installations. Test type Ill can also be used when the standard cable tray length or cable ladder
length is 1, 5 times the span and the position of the joint is at 25 % of the span from the support
position a.

If the manufacturer or responsible vendor declares that on all installations the end span shall
be reduced in length, the end span X shall then be declared.

The test arrangement is shown in Figure 7.

 - 40 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

I� I
3
I
4
J lJ /EC

Key

2
Joint position
P roduct sta n d a rd l e ngth
3 E n d s p a n X :5 L

4 I nte rmed iate s p a n = L (d istan ce between s u pports on lengths as decl ared by the m a n ufacturer)
5 Cantilever = 0 , 4L
a , b and c Su pport positions

d E n d of load

F i g u re 7 - Test t y p e I l l

1 0.3.5 Test type I V

Test type I V shall be used for products with localized weakness, see Table 7 for an explanation
of when test type I V is required. In this case, the localized weakness is positioned over support
"b " as shown in F i g u re 8.

2
I 1

I� J lJ
6

3 4
I I
/EC

Key
Joint positioned as req u i red i n test type I or I I , but offset by the m i n i m u m d istance necessary so that

2
support b i s d i rectly u n d e rneath a n y point of local weakness
P rod uct sta n d a rd l e ngth
3 E n d span X :5 L
4 I nte rmed iate s p a n = L
5 Cantilever = 0 , 4L

6 Loca l ized weakness

a , b a nd c Su pport positions

d End of load

F i g u re 8 - Test type I V
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 41 -

Tab l e 7 - U s e of test type I V

I nstal l ation N o localised weakness With localised weakness

conditions

No end s p a n le ngth Test type I carried out If the distance between the localised weakness a n d the
l i m itations o r joint accord i n g to 1 0 . 3 . 2 central support b is l ess t h a n 1 0 % o f t h e span L , t h e n test
position l i m itations. type I V s h a l l be ca rried out accord i n g to 1 0 . 3 . 5 .
If t h e distance between t h e local ised weakness a n d t h e
central support b is g reater t h a n 1 0 % o f t h e s p a n L , then
both test type I a n d test type I V shall be carried out.

No joi nts i n the end Test type 1 1 carried out If the distance between the localised weakness a n d the
span a n d optional accord i n g to 1 0 . 3 . 3 central support b is l ess t h a n 1 O % o f t h e s p a n L , t h e n test
end span red uction type I V shall be ca rried out accord i n g to 1 0 . 3 . 5.
If the distance between the localised weakness a n d the
central support b is g reater than 1 0 % of the span L , then
both test type II a n d test type I V shall be carried out.

J o i nt position fixed Test type 1 1 1 carried out Test type I l l carried out according to 1 0 . 3 . 4
in the span accord i n g t o 1 0 .3 .4

When tests are requ ired for a ran g e of widths of o n e pro d u ct ty pe, a n d l oca l ised weakness
req u i res two tests as s h own i n Table 7 , then the two tests only need to be ca rried o u t o n one
width . The test type which g ives the l owest SWL may then be used fo r the other widths fo r that
prod uct type.

1 0 .4 Test f o r S W L of c a b l e tray systems a n d ca b l e l a d d e r syste ms m o u nted i n t h e

horizontal p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizontal ly o n a s i n g l e s p a n i n s t a l l a t i o n

This test is used to verify the S WL of cable tray systems or cable ladder systems:

if the manufacturer declares the application of a single span installation or

if the test in 1 0. 3 cannot be carried out in a climatic chamber due to its size.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements.

The samples shall be placed on fixed, rigid supports a and b which shall be horizontal and level
with a width of 45 mm ± 5 mm as shown in Figure 9. The samples shall not be fixed to the
supports unless a fixing method is declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor, in which
case this fixing method shall be used.

If the manufacturer or responsible vendor declares supports as part of the cable tray systems
or cable ladder systems and the width of the supports is smaller than 40 mm, then supports a
and b are replaced by rigid supports with a width equal to that in the declared system.

If the span is greater than the cable tray length or cable ladder length and the manufacturer or
responsible vendor does not declare where the joint (s) shall be placed, then a joint shall be
located at the mid-span position.

If the test is carried out as an alternative to the tests according to 1 0. 3 then a joint shall be
located at the mid-span position.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2.

The practical longitudinal deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 1/1 00 1h of the span.

The transverse deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the width of the samples and
the samples shall still ensure reliable support to any cables that would normally be contained
therein without posing any unreasonable hazard or danger to the user or cables.
 - 42 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

If the cable tray length or cable ladder length includes one or more localized weaknesses and
if the manufacturer or responsible vendor does not declare any limitation in the position of the
localized weaknesses, special test con ditions are required.

One test is carried out for each of the following conditions:

with the localized weakness positioned over support a or b, as shown in Figure 9;

with the localized weakness positioned at the mid-point of the span. If a joint is used, the
localized weakness can be moved around mid-point of the span within ± 1 0 % of L.

When both conditions can be fulfilled in the same test arrangement, one test is sufficient.

2 4

Key
I
3
J /EC

2
M a x i m u m u n loaded overhang l ength = 5 0 0 mm

L
Joint if req u i red
3 Span = (d ista nce between s u p ports on l e ngths as d ecla red by the m a n ufacturer)

4 Localized weakness
a, b S u pport positions

F i g u re 9 - S afe w o rk i n g load fo r s i n g l e span test

1 0. 5 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray system a n d c a b l e l a d d e r system m o u nted i n t h e

vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o ri z o n t a l l y

1 0.5.1 M u lt i p l e s p a n test

The test is carried out on cable tray lengths and joints or cable ladder lengths and joints together
with support devices declared by the manufacturer, to verify the declared S WL when mounted
over multiple spans with the cable tray or cable ladder in the vertical plane running horizontally.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples both of which shall comply with the requirements.

The test is carried out with samples of cable tray lengths (see Figure 1 0) or cable ladder lengths
(see Figure 1 1) consisting of two full spans and a cantilever. Joints are to be positioned as
shown in Figure 1 0 or Figure 1 1 unless declared differently by the manufa cturer.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 43 -

a
8

/EC

Key

2
Rigid test support for ca ble tray ( a , b , c }
Deflection measu rem ents (see F i g u re 1 4 )
3 Cable tray

4 Cable tray fix i n g a nd/or su pport device

5 Load d istri bution p late

6 Example of a h i nged connector

7 Load
8 Cable tray joint positioned at mid-span o r as decl a red by the m a n ufacturer

9 End span
1O I ntermediate span
11 Cantilever

F i g u re 1 0 - Test co n d i t i o n s : M u lt i -span cable tray m o u nted

in t h e vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o ri z o n ta l ly
 - 44 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

/EC

Key

2
Rigid test support for ca ble ladder (a , b , c)
Deflection measu rem ents (see F i g u re 1 4 )
3 Cable l a d d e r

4 Cable l a d d e r fix i n g and/o r s u p port device

5 Load d istri bution p late
6 Example of a h i nged connector
7 Load
8 Cable l a d d e r joint positioned at mid-span or as declared by the m a n u facturer
9 End span
1O I ntermed iate span
11 Cantilever

F i g u re 1 1 - Test c o n d i t i o n s : M u lt i - s p a n c a b l e l a d d e r m o u nted
in the vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o ri z o n t a l l y

Full standard cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths shall be used for all intermediate lengths.
Cut lengths shall only be used at the end positions when required.

The cantilever of 0, 4 L can be incre ased, if necessary, to ensure a UDL on the cantilever.

The test shall be carrie d out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2.

Where classification according to Table 3 or Table 4 requires the use of a climatic chamber and
it is not possible because of space limitations to accommodate the sample, the test can be
carried out in accordance with 1 0. 5. 2.

For products with localised weakness, a test is required with the localised weakness positioned
at support b, in a similar way as indicated in Figure 8, for cable tray lengths and cable ladder
lengths mounted in the horizontal plane, running horizontally.
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 45 -

The samples shall be fixed to vertical rigid structures, with the fixing method and support
devices, if any, declared by the manufacturer. Separate tests shall be carrie d out on each
product type using all fixing methods and support devices.

For a cable tray, the load shall be applied in the middle of the base area by load distribution
plates with a hinged connector. All loads shall be uniformly distributed over the length of the
sample as shown in Clause 0 .4. Where this is difficult to achieve because of the design of the
cable tray, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within 50 mm from the
theoretical position.

For a cable ladder, the load shall be applied on the middle of each rung by a loa d distribution
plate with a hinged connector, see F i g u re 1 6 a) . Where this is difficult to achieve because of
the design of the cable ladder, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within
50 mm from the theoretical position.

Load distribution plate dimensions are indicated in Table 8. The load shall be applied as shown
in Figure 1 5 and Figure 1 6. The hinged connector shall not restrict any movement of the sample.

Table 8 - Load d istri b u t i o n p l ates fo r the SWL test of t h e c a b l e tray l e n gths a n d c a b l e

l a d d e r l e n g t h s m o u nted i n t h e vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizo n ta l ly

Tray or ladder n o m i n a l Load d istribution plate,

width l e n gth x h e i g h t
[mm] (mm x mm]

w s 200 (80 x 4 0 ) ± 2

200 < w s 600 (80 x 1 5 0 ) ± 2

w > 600 (80 x 400) ± 2

The resultant deflection at the S WL measured according to Figure 1 4 shall not exce ed 111 ooth
of the span.

1 0.5.2 S i n g l e s p a n test

This test is applied to cable tray systems or cable ladder systems if the manufacturer declares
the application of a single span installation or the test in 1 0. 5. 1 cannot be carrie d out in a
clima tic chamber due to its size.

The test is carried out on cable tray length(s) or cable ladder length(s) with internal fixing
devices and any support devices declared by the manufacturer to verify the declared S WL when
used as a single beam over a single span with the cable tray or cable ladder in the vertical
plane and running h orizontally.

If the span is greater than the cable tray length or cable ladder length and the manufacturer or
responsible vendor does not declare where the joint(s) shall be placed, then a joint shall be
located at the mid-span position.

If the test is carried out as an alternative to the tests according to 1 0. 5. 1 then a joint shall be
located at the mid-span position.

The test shall be carried out on one sample . If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples both of which shall comply with the requirements.

The test is carried out with samples of cable tray lengths (see Figure 1 2) or cable ladder lengths
(see Figure 1 3) consisting of a single span.
 - 46 - IEC 6 1 537:2023 © IEC 2023

/EC

Key
Cable tray joint positioned at mid-span o r as decl a red by the m a n ufacturer, if req u i red

2
a,b R i g i d test support for cable tray
Deflection measu reme nts (see F i g u re 1 4)
3 Cable tray
4 Cable tray fix i n g a n d /o r support device
5 Load d istri bution p late
6 Exa m p l e of a h i nged con nector

7 Load

F i g u re 1 2 - Test c o n d i t i o n s : S i n g l e - s p a n c a b l e tray m o u nted

in the vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizo n t a l ly
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 47 -

/EC

Key

Cable l a d d e r joint positioned at mid-span if req u i red

2
a,b R i g i d test support for cable l a d d er
Deflection measu reme nts (see F i g u re 1 4)

3 Cable ladder
4 Cable ladder fix i ng and/o r s u p port device
5 Load d istri bution p late

6 Example of a h i nged connector

7 Load

F i g u re 1 3 - Test c o n d i t i o n s : S i n g l e -s p a n c a b l e l a d d e r m o u nted
in the vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2.

The samples shall be fixed to vertical rigid structures, with the fixing method and support
devices, if any, declared by the manufacturer. Separate tests shall be carrie d out on each
product type using all fixing methods and support devices.

For a cable tray, the load shall be applied in the middle of the base area by load distribution
plates with a hinged connector. All loads shall be uniformly distributed over the length of the
sample as shown in Clause 0. 4. Where this is difficult to achieve because of the design of the
cable tray, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within 50 mm from the
theoretical position.

For a cable ladder, the load shall be applied on the middle of each rung by a load distribution
plate with a hinged connector, see Figure 1 6 a) . Where this is difficult to achieve because of
the design of the cable ladder, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within
50 mm from the theoretical position.
 - 48 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

4 1
,,

3
3

F
F
\ I
\

/EC

Key
Deflection measu ri ng d evice
2 G u i d e rol l e r (20 ± 1 ) mm d i a m eter

3 Cable tray or cable ladder

4 Horizontal d istance between the fixing of the p u l l stri ng a n d the centre of the rol l e r eq u a l to ( 1 O ± 1 ) mm
5 vertical d ista nce from the top of the base of the s a m p l e to the top of the rol l e r e q u a l to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm
6 Fixing position of the p u l l stri n g

F Load

F i g u re 1 4 - M e a s u re m e n t exam p l e of the res u ltant deflect i o n

fo r F i g u re 1 0 , F i g u re 1 1 , F ig u re 1 2 a n d F i g u re 1 3

Load d istri b ution p l ate d i me n s i o n s are i n d i cated i n Table 8 . T h e load s h a l l be a p p l ied a s s h own
in F ig u re 1 5 and F i g u re 1 6 . The h i nged co n n ector s h a l l not restrict a ny movement of the s a m p l e .

The resultant measured deflection a t the S WL is a combination of the horizontal a n d vertical

deflections and shall not exceed 111 oa th of the span.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 49 -

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

30 ±3
I

ill
1

6 5

F
/EC

Key

2
S i d e member of ca ble tray or cable l a d d e r

Cable tray base or cab l e ladder rung

3, 4 Load d istri bution pl ates

5 R i g i d s u pport for test p u rposes

6 Exa m p l e of a h i n g ed connector

F Load

F i g u re 1 5 - Load p o s i t i o n fo r c a b l e tray o r c a b l e l ad d e r m o u nted

in the vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizontal
 - 50 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

3 0 ±3

I I
""'

9) (51
3, [ � ..s:::

S'l €1
2
5 4 v

I I

F .,;;'
F /EC

Key

2
S i d e m e m b e r of ca ble tray or cable l a d d e r
Cable tray base or cab l e ladder rung
3, 4 Load d istri bution pl ates

5 Exa m p l e of a h i nged con nector

F Load

h Load d istri bution p l ate height, see Table 8

Load d istri bution p l ate length, see Table 8
a) Example of a h i nge c o n n ecto r for the load
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 51 -

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

/EC

b) Load d istri bution plates show i n g a n exam p l e for accommodat i n g h i nged connectors

F i g u re 1 6 - Exa m p le of a p p l y i n g t h e test load for c a b l e tray o r c a b l e l a d d e r m o u nted

in the vert i c a l p l a n e r u n n i n g h o rizo n ta l l y

1 0.6 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray system a n d c a b l e l ad d e r system m o u nted i n the

vert i c a l p l a n e ru n n i n g vert i c a l l y

The test is carried out on cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths with internal fixing devices
and any support devices declared by the manufacturer to verify the declared S WL per span
when mounted in the vertical plane running vertically.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements.

The sample shall consist of a cable tray length or a cable ladder length as appropriate. The
length of the sample can be calculated as follows:

The length of the sample shall be at least (V + 200) mm where V is the vertical span in mm, as
declared by the manufacturer.

The sample is fixed to a rigid construction as shown in Figure 1 7 a) and Figure 1 7 b).
 - 52 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

When the d istance between the back s u rface of the cable tray base a rea o r the cable ladder
side member a n d the rig i d construction is g reater t h a n zero, a spacer prov i d i n g l ow friction s h a l l
b e positioned a t d i stance ( V) as s h own i n F i g u re 1 7 a ) a n d F i g u re 1 7 b ) ; t h i s a l l ows t h e tray o r
l adder t o m o v e para l l e l t o the rigid construction wh i lst u nder test. W h e re the contact s u rface o f
a tray is not u n ifo rmly f l a t then the spacer may be i n two parts .

The sample shall be loaded according to the following.

• The load shall be uniformly distributed over the width of the cable tray or cable ladder as
shown in Table 0 . 1 of Annex 0 . Where this is difficult to achieve because of the design of
the cable tray or cable ladder, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within
50 mm from the theoretical position.
• The load shall be applied using a mechanical link capable of transmitting axial force.
• The number of point loads applied in fine along the length of the cable tray shall be calculated

=l nt(1 -doo)
from the equation:
+ v
N

With a minimum number of 2 point loads,

where
N is the n umber of point loads expressed as an integer, i. e ., a whole number. For
example, if N is calculated as being equal to 3, 7 then the number of point loads used
would be 3;
V is the vertical span as declared by the manufacturer in mm;
C is the maximum load fixing distance in mm as declared by the manufacturer.

NOTE 1 The test a rrangement shown in F i g u re 1 7 can a d d some rigid ity to the sample; however, it is noted that i n

2
p ractical i nsta l lations i nsta l l ed cab les c a n a l s o a d d rigidity.

NOTE D i m e nsion C can be obta i n ed from ca b l e m a n ufact u re rs or from a ppropriate wiring reg ulations.

• The n umber of point loads in line along the length of the cable ladder shall be applied to the
rungs as declared by the manufacturer.

NOTE 3 This could mean that not a l l rungs a re loaded.

• On the cable tray, the load shall be applied (30 ± 3) mm from the base area through a load
adapter with sides of ((80 x 40) ± 2) mm.
• On the cable ladder, the load shall be applied (30 ± 3) mm from the rung through a load
adapter with a width of ((80 x 4 0) ± 2) mm and a profile to fit on the rung.

An example of the test arrangement is shown:

• in Figure 1 7 a) for the cable tray,

• in Figure 1 7 b) and Figure 1 7 c) for the cable ladder.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2 but with a pre-load of 50 % of
the S WL. For the cable tray the deflections are measured on the side members and in the
middle of the top edge of the base area. For the cable ladder the deflections are measured on
the side members and in the middle of the top rung.

The vertical deflection of the side members is the arithmetic mean of the deflections at the two
measuring points of the side members according to Figure 1 7 and shall have limiting values as
follows:

• if B is between 0 mm to 20 mm then the maximum vertical deflection shall not exceed 2 mm;
• if B is greater than 20 mm then the maximum vertical deflection shall not exceed 111 o th of
the distance B with a maximum deflection of 30 mm.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 53 -

The vertical deflection of the middle of the base area shall have limiting values:

• for the cable ladder the total displacement at the middle of the top rung minus the mean
deflection of the side members shall not exceed 112oth of the width of the base area;
• for the cable tray the total displacement in the middle of the top edge of the base area minus
the mean deflection of the side members shall not exceed 112oth of the width of the base
area.

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

"' 7 2
N
+I
a
a B

10

30 ±3
"'
N
+I
a
a

Fin

/EC

Key

2
Deflection measu ri ng poi nts at the side mem bers
Deflection measu ri ng point at the m i d d l e of the base a rea

3 Support d evice(s), fixed to the tray a n d rigid construction

4 Spacer fixed to the rig i d construction o n l y
5 Mechanical l i n k tra nsm itti ng axial forces

6 Load adapter

7 Rigid structure
8 Side member
9 Base a rea

1O Back plate of the t oad ad apter

B Distance between the ri g i d construction a n d the geometric centre of the fixi n g point on the tray

C Distance between l oad ad apters

F Total a p p l ied t oad on the test asse m b l y
n Total n u mber of point loads across the width

V Vertical s p a n as decl a red by the man ufacturer

a) Test arra n g ement for cable tray systems mou nted vertically r u n n i n g vertical l y
 - 54 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I EC 2023

D i mensions i n m i l l i m etres

3 B

5
30 ±3

Fin

/EC

Key
Deflection measuring poi nts at the side mem bers

2 Deflection measuring point at the m i d d l e of the rung

3 S u pport d evice(s), fixed to the ladder a n d the rigid construction
4 S pacer fixed to the rig i d construction only

5 Mechanical l i n k tra nsm itti ng axial forces

6 Load adapter
7 Rigid structure
8 S i d e member
9 Rung
10 Back plate of the l oad a d a pter
B Distance between the rigid construction a n d the geometric centre of the fixing point on the l a d d e r (see item 3 )

C D i stance between load adapters - see NOTE 4

F Total a p p l i ed load on the test assembly

n Total n u mber of point loads across the width

V Vertical span as d eclared by the m a n ufacturer
b) Test arrangement for cable ladder systems mou nted vertically r u n n i n g
vertically w i t h fu l l width s u p port device
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 55 -

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

7 2 3

30 ±3

Fin

/EC

Key

2
Deflection measu ri ng poi nts at the side mem bers
Deflection measu ri ng point at the m i d d l e of the rung
3 Support d evice(s), fixed to the ladder a n d the rigid construction

4 Spacer fixed to the rig i d construction o n l y

5 Mechanical l i n k tra nsm itti ng axial forces
6 Load adapter

7 Rigid structure
8 Side member
9 Rung

1O Back plate of the l oad ad apter

B Distance between the ri g i d construction a n d the geometric centre of the fixing point on the ladder

C Distance between l oad a d a pters - see N OTE 4

F Total a p p l ied l oad on the test asse m b l y

n Total n u mber of point loads across the width

V Vertical span as decl a red by the m a nufacturer

c) Test arra n gement for cable ladder systems mou nted vertical l y ru n n i ng verti cally
with two side member s u pport devices

F i g u re 1 7 - Exa m p les of test a rra n g ements for syste ms m o u nted

vert i ca l l y ru n n i n g vert i c a l l y

As an exception where classifica tion according to Table 3 or Table 4 requires the use of a
clima tic chamber and it is not possible because of space limitations to accommodate the sample,
the following test shall be carried out with a reduced span as follows.
 - 56 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

For a cable tray or a cable ladder, the assembly including fixings and any support devices shall
be verified by applying the full load in N of the declared span (V) to the reduced span. If the
rungs fail on the cable ladder during this test, then the test is contin ued to verify the S WL of the
support devices and the following additional test shall then be performed to verify the rungs.

NOTE 4 The rungs can fail because the test of the support devices requires overloading the rungs of the cable
ladder.

An additional test is necessary for verifying loads in the case of rung failure. For a cable ladder,
the rungs shall be verified by applying a load to the sample under test in accordance with the
equation :

where
F is the applied load to the rung in N;
Fd is the declared load in Nim;

R is the rung pitch (distance between rungs) in m.

The loa d shall then be increased by a factor of 1 , 7 to verify the integrity of the rung.

NOTE 5 An example where a cli matic chamber is required is when composite or non-metallic materials are used
(see
3.14 and 3 . 1 5 ) .

1 0.7 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray fitti n g s a n d c a b l e l a d d e r fitti n g s m o u n ted i n the

ho rizo ntal p l a n e ru n n i n g h o rizonta l ly

1 0.7.1 G e n era l

This test is not applied to fittings if the manufacturer declares that the fitting has to be
mechanically supported.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements.

The test is carried out on the largest unsupported 90° bends, equal tees, and equal crosses of
each product type to verify the declared S WL when mounted in the horizontal plane running
horizontally. Other fittings are not considered.

A change in fitting radius, as shown in Figure 1 8, Figure 1 9 and Figure 20 constitutes another
product type.

Each fitting shall be fixed to a cable tray length or cable ladder length according to the
manufacturer's instructions. Supports shall be at equal distance Y from the fitting as shown in
Figure 1 8, Figure 1 9 and Figure 20. The UDL shall be applied on the area between supports.
To calculate the UDL use the following equation:

where
Q is the UDL to be applied between the supports;
q is the S WL in Nim as declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor;
L m is the length of the mid-line between the supports as shown in Figure 2 1 as a dotted line(s) .
Where there are two dotted lines, L m is the summation of the length of the two dotted lines.

For the application of the UDL, see A nnex D and Annex E.

IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 57 -

For tests on bends, equal tees, and equal crosses, points r and t shall be located at a position
to allow measurement of the longitudinal deflection of the fitting. Point s shall be located at the
position to allow measurement of the transversal deflection of the fitting (for cable ladder fittings,
this shall be on the rung nearest to the centre of the fitting) .

1 0. 7 .2 Test f o r SWL of go0 b e n d

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 2.

The test load shall be the load Q as calculated from the declared S WL.

The practical longitudinal deflection at the test load shall not exceed 111 oath of the curved span
between supports a and b as indicated in Figure 1 8.

The transverse deflection at the test load shall not exceed 112oth of the width of the samples,
and the samples shall still ensure reliable support to any cables that would normally be
contained therein without imposing any unreasonable hazard or danger to the user or cables.

I
2

Key

2
1 Fixed section
End of support a and b
3 Deflection measu ri ng points r, s and t
4 Typical joint location
5 Fitting radius
Y Distance between support and fitti ng, as declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor
F i g u re 1 8 - S afe work i n g load test fo r go0 b e n d

1 0.7.3 Test for S W L o f e q u a l tee a n d e q u a l c ross

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 2.

The test load shall be the load Q as calculated from the declared S WL.

The practical longitudinal deflection at the test load shall not exceed 111 oath of the span
between supports a and b as shown in Figure 1 9 and Figure 20.

The transverse deflection at the test load shall not exceed 112oth of the distance between
measuring points r and t as shown in Figure 19 and Figure 20 and the samples shall still ensure
reliable support to any cables that would normally be contained therein without posing any
unreasonable hazard or danger to the user or cables.
 - 58 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

2 4

a
.s

/EC

Key

2
Fixed section
End of support a, b, and c
3 Deflection measu ri ng points r, s and t
4 Typical joint location
5 Fitting radius
Y Distance between support and fitti ng, as declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor
F i g u re 1 9 - Safe wo r k i n g l o ad test fo r e q u a l tee

5 3
r -------

Key

2
Fixed section
End of support a, b, c and d
3 Deflection measu ri ng points r, s and t
4 Typical joint location
5 Fitting radius
Y Distance between support and fitting as declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor
F i g u re 20 - S afe w o rk i n g l o ad test fo r e q u a l c ross
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 59 -

/EC

Key

2
Support
Fitting
3 Cable tray length or cable ladder length
F i g u re 2 1 - Ty p i c a l exa m p l es of l e n g t h a n d p o s i t i o n of the m i d - l i n e of fitt i n g s

1 0.8 Test f o r SWL o f s u p po rt d ev i c es

1 0.8.1 General

Where a point load is a p p l i e d d i rectly to s u pport devices, for exa m p l e canti l evers , brackets o r
trapeze syste m s , then the load s h a l l be a p p l i e d i n accord a n c e w i t h Annex M , F i g u re M . 1 .

1 0.8.2 Test for SWL of c a n t i l eve r b rac kets

1 0.8.2.1 Test for t h e SWL o f c a n t i l ever b rac kets w h e n used t o s u p p o rt cab l e tray
l e n g t h s and c a b l e l a d d e r l e n g t h s m o u nted in t h e h o rizontal p l a n e

1 0.8.2. 1 . 1 G e n e ra l

Ca nti lever brackets decl ared for u s e with u n s pecified syste ms a re tested accord i n g to
1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 2 , 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 a n d 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 4 . Canti lever brac kets d eclared fo r use with specified
syste ms are tested accord i n g to 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 5 and 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 6 .
 - 60 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

When the cross-sectional area and shape of the cantile ver are the same along its length, then
the test for S WL shall be carried out on samples of the longest and shortest length of each
product type. S WLs of intermediate lengths can be determined by interpolation of the test
results. A lternatively, if the shortest length has not been tested, the manufacturer or responsible
vendor shall declare tha t the S WL applicable to the longest length shall also be applied to
shorter lengths.

When the cross-sectional area and shape of the cantilever bracket are not the same along its
length then each bracket of different length shall be tested.

When cantilever brackets are intended to be used on rigid structures, the samples shall be fixed
to a rigid support.

When cantile ver brackets are intended to be used on pendants or similar supports, the samples
shall be fixed to a short length of the specific pendant or support profile (< 0, 5 m), which shall
be suitably fixed to a rigid support as shown in Figure 22, Figure 23, Figure 24, Figure 25,
Figure 26, Figure 27 and Figure 28.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 2 but with a pre-load of 50 % of the S WL.
The measurement point of the deflection shall be positioned at the end of the cantilever bracket
as shown in Figure 22, Figure 23, Figure 24, Figure 25, Figure 26, Figure 27 and Figure 28.
Where the bracket is liable to twist, the measurement of the deflection is shown in Figure 29.

The load shall be applied to the cantilever bracket in such a way tha t it does not restrain against
torsion and or bending of the cantilever bracket during testing.

During the test the cantilever bracket(s) may deform. If this happens the loads shall stay in the
same position relative to the cantilever bracket(s) in order to prevent effects which could
improve the results of the test.

The maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the overall length of the
cantilever brackets up to a maximum of 30 mm.

1 0.8.2. 1 .2 C a n t i lever b rac kets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h u n s pecified c a b l e tray systems

only

1 0.8.2.1 .2.1 C a b l e tray w i d t h of a t l east 8 0 % a n d n o t excee d i n g 1 0 0 % o f t h e u s e a b l e

l e n gt h of t h e c a n t i l ever b rac ket

Compliance is checked by the following test.

The load shall be applied directly to the cantile ver bracket and distributed over its full length
according to Table 0. 1 and Figure 0. 1 of Annex 0 where dimension W is replaced by the length
L of the bracket, as shown in Figure 22.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 61 -

/EC

Key

2
Cantilever bracket
Point load
3 Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed directly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.

L
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n umber of loads according to Clause 0.3

F i g u re 22 - Test set-u p fo r c a n t i l ever b rackets i nte n d e d fo r u s e w i t h u n s pecified c a b l e

tray of w i dt h s a t l east 8 0 % o f t h e u s e a b l e l e n g t h of t h e canti l ever b rac ket

1 0 .8.2.1 .2.2 C a b l e tray w i d t h l e s s t h a n 8 0 % of t h e u s e a b l e l e n gth o f t h e canti l ever

b ra c ket.

Compliance is checked by the following test:

A single point load shall be directly applied not more than 20 mm from the free end of the
cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 23.
 - 62 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions in millimetres

/EC

Key

2 20
Cantilever bracket
Load F positioned not more than mm from the free end of the cantilever bracket
3 Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed directly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.

L
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
F i g u re 2 3- Test set-u p fo r c a n t i l ever b rackets i nte n d e d fo r use w i t h u n s pecified c a b l e
tray of w i d t h s l e s s t h a n 80 % o f the usea b l e l e n gth of t h e canti l ever b ra c ket

An alternative for positioning the load on both sides of the cantilever bracket is shown in
Figure 30.

1 0 .8.2. 1 .3 C a n ti l ever b rac kets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h u n spec ified c a b l e l a d d e r syste m s

o n ly

1 0.8.2. 1 .3.1 C a b l e l a d d e r w i t h a n exte r n a l w i d t h o f at least 8 0 % a n d not excee d i n g

1 00 % o f t h e u s e a b l e l e n g t h o f t h e c a n t i l ever b ra c ket

Compliance is checked by the following test.

Two point loads shall be directly applied to the cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 24 with
one of the load points being not more than 20 mm from the free end of the cantilever bracket,
the other load point being the distance between the centre contact points of the side members
of the cable ladder.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 63 -

Dimensions in millimetres

IEC

Key

2
Cantilever bracket
Point load
3 Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed directly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.

L
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
F i g u re 24 - Test s et-u p fo r c a nt i l ever b ra c kets i nte n d e d
f o r use w i t h u n s pe c i f i ed c a b l e l a d d e r syste m s

1 0 . 8 . 2 . 1 . 3 .2 C a b l e l a d d e r w i t h a n exte r n a l w i d t h l e s s t h a n 8 0 % o f t h e u s e a b l e l e n g t h
o f t h e canti lever b rac ket

Compliance is checked by the following test.

A single point load shall be directly applied not more than 20 mm from the free end of the
cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 23.

An alternative for positioning the load on both sides of the cantile ver bracket is shown in
Figure 30.

1 0.8.2. 1 .4 C a n t i lever b rac kets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h both u n s pecified c a b l e tray a n d

u n s p e c i f i ed c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms

Cantilever brackets declared for use with both unspecified cable tray systems and unspecifie d
cable ladder systems shall be tested in accordance with 1 0. 8. 2. 1 . 3.

1 0.8.2.1 .5 C a n t i l ever b rac kets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h s pe c i fi e d c a b l e t ray systems

The following test applies to cantilever brackets declared for use with specified cable tray
systems.

Compliance is checked by the following test.

Cantilever brackets intended for use with specified cable tray systems are tested as shown in
Figure 25.
 - 64 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

The fixings and method of fixing, as specified by the manufacturer or responsible vendor, shall
be used to fix the sample of cable tray to the cantilever brackets. The cable tray shall be
positioned as declared by the manufacturer or starting from the free end of the bracket when
the width of the cable tray is equal to or less than the length of the cantile ver bracket. If the
cable tray is wider than the length of the cantilever bracket, then the cable tray shall be
positioned as close as possible to the fixed end of the cantile ver bracket. An example of the
positioning of the load is shown in Figure 26.

The loading on the cable tray shall be a UDL across the width of the cable tray in accordance
with Table D. 1 of Annex D and along the length of the cable tray in accordance with Table D. 2
of Annex D to ensure equal load is applied to the cantilever brackets. The load F applied during
the test shall be 2 times the S WL of the bracket as declared by the manufacturer. The load on
the sample shall then be increased to 1 , 7 times 2 times the S WL of the cantilever bracket i. e.
(1, 7 x 2 x S WL) .

NOTE The value of 2 times is used because there are two brackets under test.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 65 -

!EC

Key

Cantilever bracket
2 Point load
3 Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d i rectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
F Total applied load on the test assembly
L Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n umber of point loads accord i n g to Clause D.3 and Clause D.4
S Declared span for test pu rposes
W I nside width of the cable tray

F i g u re 25 - Test s e t - u p fo r c a nt i l ever b ra c kets i nte n d e d

fo r u se w i t h a s pe c i f i ed c a b l e t ray system
 - 66 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

a/2 a/2
w 2

4
3

L
/EC

Key
Cantilever bracket
2 Point load
3 Deflection measurement point i n the middle of the end of the cantilever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports . If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d irectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
a a= Win

F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket

L Total length of the cantilever bracket (i ncluding cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n umber of point loads accord i n g to Clause 0.3

W I nside width of the cable tray

F i g u re 26 - Exa m p l e of test set-u p fo r canti lever brackets i nt e n d ed fo r use with a
s p e c ified c a b l e tray system - P o s it i o n i n g of load

1 0.8.2. 1 .6 C a n ti l ever b rac kets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h s pe c i fi e d c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms

The following test applies to cantilever brackets declared for use with specified cable ladder
systems.

Compliance is checked by the following test:

Cantilever brackets intended for use with specified cable ladder systems are tested as shown
in Figure 2 7.

The cantilever brackets shall be positioned midway between two rungs.

The fixings and method of fixing, as specified by the man ufacturer or responsible vendor, shall
be used to fix the sample of cable ladder to the cantilever brackets. The cable ladder shall be
positioned as declared by the manufacturer or starting from the free end of the bracket. An
example of the positioning of the load is shown in Figure 28.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 67 -

The loading on the cable ladder shall be a UDL across the width of the cable ladder in
accordance with Table 0. 1 of Annex D and along the length of the cable ladder on each rung
to ensure equal loa d is applied to the cantile ver brackets. The total load applied during the test
shall be 2 times the S WL of the cantile ver bracket as declared by the manufacturer. The load
on the sample shall then be increased to 1, 7 times 2 times the S WL of the cantilever bracket
i. e. (1 , 7 x 2 x S WL) .

NOTE The value of 2 times is used because there are two brackets under test.
Key

2
Cantilever bracket
Point load
3 Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d irectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
F

L
Total applied load on the test assembly
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n umber of point loads per ru ng accord i ng to Table D . 1 of Annex D multiplied by the n umber of rungs
S Declared span for test pu rposes
F i g u re 2 7 - Test s et-u p for c a nt i l ever b ra c kets i nte n d e d fo r use with a s pe c ified c a b l e
l a d d e r system o n l y , o r w i t h b o t h c a b l e tray syste m s a n d c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms
 - 68 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

a/2 a/2
2

4 3

L
/EC

Key

2
1 Cantilever bracket
Point load
3 Deflection measurement point in the middle of the end of the cantilever bracket
4 Rigid structure
5 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports . If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d i rectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
a a = Win

F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket

L Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n umber of point loads accord i n g to Clause D.3
W I nside width of the cable ladder

F i g u re 2 8 - Exa m p l e of test set - u p fo r c a n t i l ever b rac kets i nt e n d e d

for u se w i t h s pec ified c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms

--_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_{

/EC

Key

2
1

d
Cantilever bracket at position without load
Cantilever bracket at position with load
Deflection
F i g u re 29 - Test s et-u p for c a nt i l ever b ra c kets : e n d view s h owi n g
meas u re m e nt o f d eflect i o n w h e n t h e b ra c ket twi sts
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 69 -

2� .---
� - ��������
l
3

/EC

Key

2
Cantilever bracket
Sum of the point loads along one side of the cantilever bracket (may be applied from above or from below or from
both above and below but shall be symmetrical about the vertical axis)
3 Rigid part to allow appl ication of the load
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket

F i g u re 3 0 - Test s e t - u p for c a n t i l ever b ra c kets : e n d view s h owi n g

alternative w e i g h t p o s i t i o n i n g

1 0.8.2.2 Test f o r t h e S W L of c a n t i l ever b rackets w h e n u s e d t o s u p p o rt c a b l e tray

l e n g t h s and cab l e l a d d e r l e n gt h s m o u nted vert i ca l ly r u n n i n g v e rt i c a l l y

1 0.8.2.2.1 G e n e ra l

Ca nti lever brackets d eclared for u s e with u n s pecified syste ms a re tested accord i n g to
1 0 . 8 . 2 . 2 . 2 , 1 0 . 8 .2 . 2 . 3 a n d 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 2 . 4 a n d those d eclared for use with s pecified syste ms a re
tested acco rd i n g to 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 2 . 5 a n d 1 0 . 8 . 2 . 2 . 6 .

The test for the S WL shall be carried out o n samples o f the longest and shortest length o f each
product type when the cross-sectional area and shape of the cantilever bracket are the same
along the length. S WLs of intermediate lengths can be determined by interpolation of the test
results. Alternatively, if the shortest length has not been tested, the manufacturer or responsible
vendor shall declare tha t the S WL applicable to the longest length shall also be applied to
shorter lengths.

When the cross-sectional area and shape of the cantilever bracket are not the same along its
length then each bracket of different length shall be tested.

When cantilever brackets are intended to be used on rigid structures, the samples shall be fixed
to a rigid support.

When cantilever brackets are intended to be used on pendants or similar supports, the samples
shall be fixed to a short length of the specific pendant or support profile (< 0, 5 m) , which shall
be suitably fixed to a rigid support as shown in Figure 3 1 , Figure 32, Figure 33, Figure 34 and
Figure 35.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 2 but with a pre-load of 50 % of the S WL.
The measurement point of the deflection shall be positioned at the end of the cantilever bracket
as shown in Figure 3 1 , Figure 32, Figure 33, Figure 34 and Figure 35.
 - 70 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

The load shall be applied to the cantile ver bracket in such a way that it does not restrain against
torsion and or bending of the cantile ver bracket during testing.

During the test the cantilever bracket(s) may deform. If this happens the loads shall stay in the
same position relative to the cantilever bracket(s) in order to pre vent effects which could
improve the results of the test.

The maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the overall length of the
cantilever brackets up to a maximum of 30 mm.

Where classification according to Table 3 or Table 4 requires the use of a climatic chamber and
it is not possible because of space limitations to accommodate the sample, the test shall be
carried out with a reduced span by applying the full load in N of the declared span (V) to the
reduced span.

1 0.8.2.2.2 C a n t i lever b ra ckets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h u n specified c a b l e tray syste ms

only

The fo l l owi ng test a p p l i e s t o canti l ever brackets declared for u s e w i t h u n specified c a b l e tray
syste m s uti l i s i n g a cable tray width of at least 80 % and not exceed i n g 1 0 0 % of the useable
l e n gth of the canti lever b ra cket.

Compliance is checked by the following test.

The load shall be applied directly to the cantilever bracket and distributed over its full length
according to Table D. 1 and Figure D. 1 a) of Annex D where dimension W is replaced by the
length L of the bracket, as shown in Figure 3 1 .

/EC

Key

2
Deflection measu rement point in middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
Cantilever bracket
3 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports . If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d i rectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
4 Rigid structure

L
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
n Total n u m ber of point loads accord i n g to Clause D.3
F i g u re 3 1 - Test set-u p fo r c a n t i l ever b rac kets fo r u s e with u n s pecified c a b l e t ray
m o u nted ve rt i ca l ly ru n n i n g vert i c a l l y with w i dths at l east 8 0 % of t h e u s e a b l e l e n gth of
the c a nt i l ever b rac ket
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 71 -

The fol l owi n g test a p p l ies to canti lever brackets declared for use with u n specified cable tray
syste m s uti l is i ng a c a b l e tray width less than 80 % of the useable l e n gth of the canti lever bracket.

Compliance is checke d by the following test.

The loa d shall be applied to the cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 32.

Dimensions in millimetres

/EC

Key

2
Deflection measu rement point i n middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
Cantilever bracket
3 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports . If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d i rectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.

20
4 Rigid structure

L
F Total applied load on the cantilever b racket not more than mm from the free end
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
F i g u re 3 2 - Test set-u p for canti l ever b rac kets fo r u s e with u n s pecified cable t ray or
c a b l e ladder m o u nted vert i c a l l y r u n n i n g vert i c a l ly w i t h w i d t h s less t h a n 8 0 % of t h e
u s e a b l e l e n gth of t h e c a n t i l ever b ra c ket

1 0.8.2.2.3 C a nt i l ever brackets d e c l a red for u s e w i t h u n spec ified c a b l e l a d d e r syste m s

only

The fo l l ow i n g test appl ies to canti lever brackets declared for use with u ns pecified cable l a d d e r
syste ms u t i l i s i ng a c a b l e l adder w i t h a n extern a l w i d t h of at l e a s t 8 0 % a n d not exceed i n g 1 00 %
of the u seable l e n gth of the canti l ever bracket.

Compliance is checked by the following test.

Two point loads shall be directly applied to the cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 33 with
one of the load points being not more than 20 mm from the free end of the cantilever bracket,
the other load point being the distance between the centre contact points of the side members
of the cable ladder.
 - 72 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions in millimetres

F/2

!EC

Key

2
Deflection measu rement point in middle of the end of the canti lever bracket
Cantilever bracket
3 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports . If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d irectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
4 Rigid structure
F

L
Total applied load on the cantilever b racket
Total length of the cantilever bracket (including cantilever back-plate if any)
F i g u re 3 3 - Test set-u p fo r c a nt i l ever b ra c kets for use with u n s pecified
cable ladder m o u nted vert i c a l l y ru n n i n g v e rt i c a l l y with widths at l east
80 % of the usea b l e l e n gth of the c a nt i l ever b ra c ket

The fo l l owing test appl ies to canti lever brackets declared for use with u ns pecified cable l a d d e r
syste m s uti l i s i n g a c a b l e l a d d e r w i d t h l e s s t h a n 80 % o f the u s e a b l e l e n gth o f the canti lever
bracket.

Compliance is checke d by the following test.

The loa d shall be applied to the cantilever bracket as shown in Figure 32.

1 0.8.2.2.4 C a n t i l ever b rac kets d e c l a red f o r u s e w i t h both u n s pecified c a b l e tray

systems and u ns p e c i f i e d c a b l e l a d d e r syste m s

Cantilever brackets declared for use with both unspecified cable tray systems and unspecifie d
cable ladder systems shall be tested in accordance with 1 0. 8. 2. 2. 3.

1 0.8.2.2.5 C a n t i l ever b rac kets d e c l a red f o r u s e w i t h s pe c i fi e d c a b l e t ray system s

The fol lowi n g test applies to canti l ever brackets declared for use with s pecified cable tray
syste m s .

Compliance is checked b y the following test.

Cantilever brackets intended for use with specified cable tray systems are tested as shown in
Figure 34.
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 73 -

The fixings and method of fixing, as specified by the manufacturer or responsible vendor, shall
be used to fix the sample of cable tray to the cantilever brackets. The cable tray shall be
positioned as declared by the manufacturer or starting from the free end of the bracket when
the width of the cable tray is equal to or less than the length of the cantilever bracket. If the
cable tray is wider than the length of the cantilever bracket, then the cable tray shall be
positioned as close as possible to the fixed end of the cantilever bracket.

The sample shall be loaded according to the following:

• The load shall be uniformly distributed over the width of the cable tray sample as shown in
Table D. 1 of Annex D. Where this is difficult to achieve because of the design of the cable
tray, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within 50 mm from the theoretical
position.
• The load shall be applied using a mechanical link capable of transmitting axial force and
shall not provide rigidity to the sample.
• The number of point loads applied inline along the length of the cable tray shall be calculated
from the equation:

With a minimum number of 2 point loads,

where
N is the number of point loads expressed as an integer i. e ., a whole number. For example,
if N is calculated as being equal to 3, 7 then the number of point loads used would be 3;
V is the vertical span as declared by the manufacturer in mm;
C is the maximum load fixing distance in mm as declared by the manufacturer.
• On cable tray lengths th e load shall be applied (30 ± 3) mm from the base area through a
load adapter with equal sides of ((80 x 40) ± 2) mm.
 - 74 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

An exa mple of the test arra n g e ment is s h own i n F i g u re 34:

Dimensions in millimetres

30 ±3

Fin

IEC

Key
Deflection measu ri ng points at the end of the cantilever bracket
2 Cantilever bracket
3 Gu ides fixed to the rigid structure only, both guides touch the tray allowing vertical deflection and preventing
horizontal movement
4 Mechanical link transmitting axial force
5 Load adapter
6 Rigid structure
7 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed d irectly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
C Distance between load adapters

L
F Total applied load on the test assembly
Length of the cantilever bracket
n Total n umber of point loads across the width accord i n g to Clause D . 3
V Maximum vertical span as declared by the manufacturer
F i g u re 34 - Exam p le of test arra n g e m e n t o n c a n t i l ever b ra c ket with a c a b l e t ray l e n gt h

1 0.8.2.2.6 C a n t i l ever b rac kets d e c l a red f o r u s e w i t h s pe c i fi e d c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms

The fol l owi ng test a p p l ies to canti l ever brackets declared for use with specified cable l a d d e r
syste m s .

Compliance is checked b y the following test:

Cantilever brackets intended for use with specified cable ladder systems are tested as shown
in Figure 35.
I EC 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2 0 2 3 - 75 -

The fixings and method of fixing, as specified by the manufacturer or responsible vendor, shall
be used to fix the sample of cable ladder to the cantilever brackets. The cable ladder shall be
positioned as declared by the manufacturer or starting from the free end of the bracket. The
sample shall be loaded a ccording to the following:

• The load shall be uniformly distributed over the width of the cable ladder sample as shown
in Table D. 1 of A nnex D. Where this is difficult to achieve because of the design of the cable
ladder, then the load distribution plate may be repositioned to within 50 mm from the
theoretical position.
• The load shall be applied using a mechanical link capable of transmitting axial force and
shall not provide rigidity to the sample.
• The number of point loads applied inline along the length of the cable ladder shall be
calculated from the equation:

With a minimum number of 2 point loads,

where
N is the number of point loads expressed as an integer i. e ., a whole number. For example,
if N is calculated as being equal to 3, 7 then the number of point loads used would be 3;
V is the vertical span as declared by the manufacturer in mm;
C is the maximum load fixing distance in mm as declared by the manufacturer.

The loa d shall be applied (30 ± 3) mm from the rung base through a load adapter with a width
of ((80 x 40) ± 2)) mm and a profile to fit on the rung.

An example of the test arrangement is shown in Figure 35.

 - 76 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions in millimetres

2
5
2
4

30 ±3
3

0 Fin
0
/EC

Key

2
Deflection measu ri ng points at the end of the cantilever bracket
Cantilever bracket
3 Gu ides fixed to the rigid structure only, both g uides touch the ladder allowing vertical deflection and preventing
horizontal movement
4 Mechanical link transmitting axial force
5 Load adapter
6 Rigid structure
7 Pendant or similar support fixed to rigid structure used for the tests with cantilever brackets intended to be used
with pendants or similar supports. If the cantilever bracket is intended to be fixed directly to the rigid structure,
then the pendant is not req uired.
C Distance between load adapters

L
F Total applied load on the test assembly
Length of the cantilever bracket
n Total n umber of point loads across the width accord ing to Clause D.3
V Maximum vertical span as declared by the manufacturer
F i g u re 3 5 - Exa m p l e of test arra n g e m e n t o n canti l ever b ra c ket
w i t h a c a b l e l a d d e r l e n gth

1 0.8.3 Test fo r SWL o f p e n da nts, c e i l i n g m o u nted

1 0.8.3.1 P e n d a nts for cant i l ever b rac kets

1 0.8.3.1 .1 G e n e ra l

The test set-up for pendants is shown in Figure 36.

The sample shall be fixed to a rigid support. When the manufacturer or responsible vendor
declares that the cable tray or cable ladder is to be fixed to the bracket, the test shall be carrie d
out with the rele vant cable tray or cable ladder fixed to the bracket and the load applied to the
cable tray or cable ladder.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 77 -

The S WL for each product type shall be declared by the manufacturer or responsible vendor
and the load applied as shown in Figure 36.

The tests shall be carried out according to 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2 with the exception that a pre-load of
50 % of the S WL shall be applied.

The maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the length L of the pendant.

The test set-ups for a pendant for cantilever brackets are shown in Figure 36 a), Figure 36 b)
and Figure 36 c) .

1 0.8.3. 1 .2 Test for b e n d i n g m o m e n t of t h e p e n d a n t at t h e ce i l i n g p l ate

Figure 36 a) shows the test set-up for the bending moment at the ceiling plate. The
manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare the S WL as a bending moment M1 in Nm.

The test shall be carried out on a pendant length L, of preferably 800 mm, applying a load F,
calculated from F = M1 . Where only shorter pendants exist, the test shall be carried out on the
L
longest one available.

1 0.8.3.1 .3 Test for p e n d a n t te n s i l e stre n g t h

F i g u re 36 b) shows the test set-up for tensile strength. The manufacturer or responsible vendor
shall declare the S WL as a force in newtons.

The test can be carried out at any pendant length.

1 0.8.3 . 1 .4 Test f o r t h e b e n d i n g m o m e n t o f t h e p e n d a n t a t t h e canti l ever b ra c ket

Figure 36 c) shows the test set-up for the bending moment, which indicates the deflection of
the pendant. The man ufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare the S WL as a bending
moment M2 in Nm.

The S WL shall be applied at lengths L equal to 500 mm, 1 000 mm and 1 500 mm, as far as is
available, using the strongest of the largest cantile ver brackets recommended by the
manufacturer or responsible vendor for each pendant type. The load F is calculated from

2 M2_
F = -_
A A
1 + 2

where A 1 shall be the distance from the centre of the pendant to a point not more than 20 mm
from the free end of the cantilever bracket and A 2 shall be the distance from the centre of the
pendant to the centre of the cantile ver bracket as shown in Figure 36 c).

NOTE 1 The strongest cantilever bracket can be determined from the test results from 1 0.8.2.
NOTE 2 For information on a safe instal lation of a pendant with cantilever brackets and details of bendi ng moment
M2 ,
see Annex H Figure H . 1 .
 - 78 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions in millimetres

F
F :520
!EC /EC
/EC

Key Key Key

Deflection measurement point Elongation measurement point Deflection measurement point
F Load F Load F Load
L Length L Length
A1 Lever
A2 Lever
a) Test set-up for bending b) Test set-up for tens i l e c) Test set-up for ben d i n g
moment at the c e i l i n g plate strength m o m e nt a t the cantilever b racket

F i g u re 3 6 - Test s et- u p - P e n d a nts fo r canti l ever b rac kets

1 0 .8.3.2 Test for SWL o f t h e c e n t ra l l y s u pported b rac ket

1 0.8.3.2.1 G e n e ra l

Centra l l y s u p ported brac kets wh ich are i n tended for u s e with s pec ified syste m s which are:

u n evenly loaded are detailed i n 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 2 ,

eve n l y loaded are deta i l e d i n 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 3 .

Centra l ly s u pported brackets wh ich are i n tended for u s e with u n s pecified syste m s w h i c h are :

u n evenly loaded are detailed i n 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 4 ,

eve n l y loaded are deta i l e d i n 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 5 .

Centra l l y s u p ported brac kets d eclared for u s e with a n u n s pec ified system s h a l l not b e used with
cable trays or cable ladd ers which are wider than the bracket .

T h e test for SWL s h a l l be carried out on s a m p l e s of the longest a n d s h o rtest length of each
prod u ct ty pe and u s i ng the l o n gest p e n d a n t recommended by the m a n ufacturer or res p o n s i b l e
v e n d o r . SWLs o f i n termed iate len gths for the centra l l y s u p ported b racket can b e d ete rm i n ed by
i nterpolation of the res u lts. Alternatively, if the shortest length has not been tested , the
m a n ufacturer or res p o n s i b l e vendor shall declare that the SWL appl icable to the lon gest l e n gth
shall a lso be applied to s h orter l e n gth . T h e declared SWL can also be used for the s h o rter
l e n gth of the p e n d a n t .
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 79 -

When the tests are carried out u s i n g a th readed rod , the decl ared SWL can t h e n be used fo r
l a rg e r d i a meter threaded rod penda n ts without further tests .

I n normal use the load i n g on a cable tray system or cable l a d d e r syste m w i l l g e n e ra l ly be u n eve n
therefore i n o rder to take t h i s i n to acco u n t the tests s ha l l be carried out with u n eve n a n d even
l oa d cond itio n s . T h e u n even load condition covers the worst case of a centra l ly s u p po rted
bracket when o n l y one s i d e is loaded .

The test s h a l l be carried out i n accord a nce with 1 0 . 2 but with a pre-load of 50 % of the SWL.
The measurement point of t h e d eflection shall be positioned at the e n d of the system o r bracket
in accord a nce with re l evant c l a uses 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 2 to 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 2 . 5 . The d eflection measuring device
s h a l l be positioned as cl ose as pos s i b l e to the base of the system or b racket o n wh ich the load
is applied.

D u r i n g the test the centrally s u p ported bracket(s) m a y d eform . If t h i s h a p pens the l o a d s s h a l l

stay i n the s a m e position relative t o the centra l l y s u p ported bracket(s) i n o rd e r t o prevent effects
which co u l d i m p rove t h e res u lts of test.

1 0.8.3.2.2 Test for t h e centra l l y s u p ported b rac ket i nt e n d e d fo r u s e with a s pecified

cable tray o r cable l ad d e r system, w i t h u n even l oa d i n g

Compliance is checked b y the following test.

Centrally supported brackets intended for use with specified cable ladder systems are tested
as shown in Figure 3 7. Centrally supported brackets intended for use with specified cable tray
systems are tested as shown in Figure 38.

The uneven loading can be achieved by either distributing the loads either side of the pendant
in the proportion 40 % and 60 % over the width of the system as shown in Figure 39.
Alterna tively, by placing one load as shown in Figure 40 but not more than 20 mm from the free
end of the bracket.

The deflection of the system is shown in Figure 40.

The test shall be carried out with the specified cable tray or cable ladder and the centrally
supported brackets all fixed according to the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's instructions.

The test shall be carried out with two centrally supported brackets positioned a t a minimum
span L of 1 m as shown in Figure 37 and Figure 38. When testing with a cable ladder, the
centrally supported brackets shall be placed midway between two rungs as shown in Figure 37.

The loading on the cable tray or cable ladder system along its length shall be in accordance
with Clause 0 .4 or Clause D. 5 to ensure equal load is applied to each bracket. The load F
applied during the test shall be 2 times the S WL of the bracket as declared by the manufacturer.
The load on th e sample shall then be increased to 1 , 7 times 2 times the S WL of the cantilever
bracket i. e. (1, 7 x 2 x S WL) .

NOTE The value of 2 times is used because there are two brackets under test.

The maximum deflection of d1 or d2 at the S WL shall not exceed 1/201h of half of the width of
the widest part of the system and shall not exceed 30 mm. The widest part of the system may
be the bracket or a cable tray or cable ladder that overlaps the bracket.
 - 80 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

/EC

Key

2
Centrally supported bracket
Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the widest part of the system
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant

L
5 Load
Span (minimum 1 m)
P Length of the pendant
F Total applied load on the test assembly
n Total n umber of point loads accord i n g to Annex D
W Overall width of the system

F i g u re 37 - Exa m p le test set-up fo r p e n d a n t with c e n t ra l ly s u p po rted b ra c ket for eve n ly

a n d u n even l y l o a d e d s pecified ca b l e l a d d e r syste m s
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 81 -

/EC

Key
Centrally supported bracket
2 Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the widest part of the system
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 Load
L Span (minimum 1 m)
P Length of the pendant
F Total applied load on the test assembly
n Total n umber of point loads accord i n g to Annex D
W Overall width of the system

F i g u re 3 8 - Exa m p le test set-up fo r p e n d a n t with c e n t ra l l y s u p po rted b ra c ket for eve n ly

a n d u n even l y l o a d e d s pecified ca b l e t ray systems
 - 82 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

4
8
6
2

/EC

Key
Centrally supported bracket
2 Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the widest part of the system
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 Cable tray or cable ladder
6 Guide roller (20 ± 1) mm d iameter
7 Horizontal distance between the fixing of the pull string and the centre of the roller equal to (10 ± 1 ) mm
8 Vertical distance from the top of the base of the sample to the top of the roller equal to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm
Fx Load on one side, where Fx = 0,4 times the total load on the test assembly
Fy Load on the other side, where Fy = 0 , 6 times the total load on the test assembly
NOTE The total load on the test assembly is F = Fx + Fy.

F i g u re 39 - Load p o s i t i o n i n g for c e nt r a l l y s u p po rted b ra c ket fo r u n ev e n ly l o a d e d

s p e c i f i e d c a b l e t ray o r ca b l e l a d d e r syste ms
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 83 -

Dimensions in millimetres

3
4

/EC

Key

1 Centrally supported bracket

2 Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the widest part of the system
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 Cable tray or cable ladder
F Load
W Width of the centrally supported bracket
d1 Deflection
d2 Deflection

F i g u re 40 - Deflect i o n of a centra l l y s u p po rted b ra c ket for u n eve n ly

l o a d e d spec ified c a b l e tray or c a b l e l ad d e r system s

1 0.8.3.2.3 Test for t h e centra l l y s u p ported b rac ket i nte n d ed fo r u s e with a s pecified
cab l e t ray o r c a b l e l ad d e r system, w i t h even l o ad i n g

Compliance is checked by the following test.

Centrally supported brackets intended for use with specified cable ladder systems are tested
as shown in Figure 37. Centrally supported brackets intended for use with specified cable tray
systems are tested as shown in Figure 38.

The deflection of the system is shown in Figure 4 1 .

The test shall b e carried out with the specified cable tray o r cable ladder and the centrally
supported brackets all fixed according to the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's instructions.

The test shall be carried out with two centrally supported brackets positioned a t a minimum
span L of 1 m as shown in Figure 37 and Figure 38. When testing with a cable ladder, then the
centrally supported brackets shall be placed midway between two rungs as shown in Figure 3 7.
 - 84 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

The loa ding on the cable tray or cable ladder system shall be a UDL across the width in
accordance with Ta ble D. 1 of Annex D and along the length in accordance with Clause D . 4 or
Clause D. 5 to ensure equal load is applied to the centrally supported brackets. The load F
applied during the test shall be 2 times the S WL of the bracket as declared by the manufacturer.
The load on the sample shall then be increased to 1, 7 times 2 times the S WL of the cantile ver
bracket i. e. (1, 7 x 2 x S WL).

NOTE The value of 2 times is used because there are two brackets under test.

The maximum deflection of d1 or d2 at the S WL shall not exceed 1/201h of half of the width of
the widest part of the system and shall not exceed 30 mm. The widest part of the system may
be the bracket or a cable tray or cable ladder that overlaps the bracket.

2 2

/EC

Key
Centrally supported bracket
2 Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the widest part of a specified system
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 Cable tray or cable ladder (applicable to specified cable tray or cable ladder system only)
F Load
W Width of the centrally supported bracket
d1 Deflection
d2 Deflection

F i g u re 4 1 - Load p o s it i o n i n g and deflect i o n for a c e n t ra l ly s u p po rted b ra c ket

fo r eve n l y l oaded s pe c i fi e d ca b l e tray or c a b l e l a d d e r syste ms

1 0.8.3.2.4 Test f o r t h e centra l ly s u p ported b rac ket i nt e n d e d fo r u s e w i t h u n s pec ified

ca b l e tray o r c a b l e l ad d e r system, with u n even l oa d i n g

Compliance is checked b y the following test.

The test shall be carried o ut on one centrally supported bracket fixed to the rigid structure
according to the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's instructions.

The uneven loading can be achieved by either distributing the loads either side of the pendant
in the proportion 40 % and 60 % over the width of the bracket as shown in Figure 42 a) and
Figure 42 b) . Alternatively by placing one load as shown in Figure 43 but not more than 20 mm
from the free end of the bracket.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 85 -

Centrally supported brackets intended for use with unspecified cable ladder systems or for both
cable tray and cable ladder systems are tested as shown in Figure 42 a) .

Centrally supported brackets intended for unspecified cable tray systems only are tested as
shown in Figure 42 b) .

The deflection of the bracket is shown in Figure 43.

The maximum deflection of d1 or d2 at the S WL shall not exceed 1/201h of half of the width of
the bracket and shall not exceed 30 mm.

Dimensions in millimetres

6
3

::>20 ::>20
w

/EC

Key
Centrally supported bracket
2 Example of deflection measurement device positioned at the end of the bracket
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 Guide roller (20 ± 1) mm d iameter
6 Horizontal distance between the fixing of the pull string and the centre of the roller equal to (10 ± 1) mm
7 Vertical distance from the top of the base of the sample to the top of the roller equal to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm
W Width of the centrally supported bracket
Fx Load on one side, where Fx = 0,4 times the total load on the test assembly
Fy Load on the other side, where Fy = 0,6 times the total load on the test assembly
NOTE The total load on the test assembly is F = Fx + Fy .

a) Centrally supported brackets i ntended for use with u neve n l y loaded u n specified c a b l e ladder systems
or for both u n evenly l oaded u nspecified cable tray and cable ladder systems
 - 86 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

6
3

4
7
5
2

/EC

Key
Central l y s u p p o rted b racket
2 Example of d eflection measu rement device positioned at the end of the b racket
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant

5 G u i d e rol l e r (20 ± 1 ) mm d i ameter

6 Horizontal d i stance between the fix i n g of the p u l l string a n d the centre of the rol l e r equal to ( 1 0 ± 1 ) mm
7 Vertical d istance from the top of the base of the s a m p l e to the top of the rol l e r equal to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm
W Width of the centra l l y s u p p o rted bracket
Fx Load on one side of the central l y supported b racket, where Fx = 0,4 times the total load on the bracket
Fy Load on the other side of the centra l l y s u pported b racket, where Fy = 0 , 6 times the total load on the bracket

NOTE The total load on the b racket is F = Fx + Fy.

b) Centra l l y s u p ported b rackets i ntended for use with u n ev e n l y l oaded

u nspecified cable tray systems o n l y

F i g u re 42 - Test s e t u p fo r u n even l y l o a d e d c e n t ra l l y s u p p o rted

b rac kets i ntended for u n s pecified use
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 87 -

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

F
I
i :520
i 2
i
i
; __________

/EC

Key

1 Centra l ly s u p p o rted b racket

2 Example of d eflection measu rement device positioned at the e n d of the b racket
3 Rigid structure

4 Pendant
W Width of the centra l l y s u p p o rted bracket
F Load
d1 Deflection

d
2
Deflection

F i g u re 4 3 - Deflect i o n a n d altern ative m e t h o d of u n eve n l y l o ad i n g a c e ntral ly s u p po rted

b racket for use w i t h u n s pe c i f i ed c a b l e l a d d e r a n d c a b l e t ray syste ms

1 0.8.3.2.5 Test f o r t h e centra l l y s u p ported b rac ket i nt e n d e d fo r u s e w i t h u n s pec ified

c a b l e tray o r c a b l e l ad d e r system, with even l o ad i n g

Compliance is checked by the following test.

The test shall be carried out on one centrally supported bracket fixed to the rigid structure
according to the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's instructions.

Centrally supported brackets intended for use with unspecified cable ladder systems or both
cable ladder and cable tray systems are tested as shown in Figure 44 a) but the load shall be
applied not more than 20 mm from the free end of the bracket.

Centrally supported brackets intended for use with unspecified cable tray systems only are
tested as shown in Figure 44 b). The loading on the bracket shall be e venly distributed across
the width in accordance with Table D. 1 of Annex D.

The deflection of the bracket is shown in Figure 4 1 .

Th e maximum deflection of d 1 or d2 a t the S WL shall not exceed 1/201h o f half o f the width of
the bracket and shall not exceed 30 mm.
 - 88 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

6
3

4
7
5

2 F/2 F/2

:520
w

/EC

Key
Centra l ly s u p p o rted b racket

2 Example of d eflection measu rement device positioned at the e n d of the b racket

3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant
5 G u i d e rol l e r (20 ± 1 ) mm d i ameter

6 Horizontal d i stance between the fix i n g of the p u l l string a n d the centre of the rol l e r equal to ( 1 0 ± 1 ) mm
7 Vertical d istance from the top of the base of the s a m p l e to the top of the rol l e r equal to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm

W Width of the centra l l y s u p p o rted bracket

F Total load a p p l ied to the centra l l y s u p ported b racket
a) Centrally supported brackets i ntended for use with evenly l oaded u nspecified
cable ladder systems or both cable ladder and cab l e tray systems
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 89 -

4
7
5

2 F/2 F/2

/EC

Key
Central l y s u p p o rted b racket
2 Example of d eflection measu rement device positioned at the e n d of the b racket
3 Rigid structure
4 Pendant

5 G u i d e rol l e r (20 ± 1 ) mm d i ameter

6 Horizontal d i stance between the fixing of the p u l l string and the centre of the rol l e r e q u a l to ( 1 0 ± 1 ) mm
7 Vertical d istance from the top of the base of the s a m p l e to the top of the rol l e r equal to ( 1 00 ± 5) mm
W Width of the centra l l y s u p p o rted bracket
F Total load a p p l ied to the centra l l y s u p ported bracket

b) Centrally s u p ported brackets i ntended for use with eve n l y l oaded u nspecified cable tray systems o n l y

F i g u re 44 - Test s e t u p f o r eve n ly l o ad e d centra l ly

s u p p o rted b rac kets i n te n d e d for u n s pec ified u s e

1 0.8.3.3 Test for SWL o f C s h a p e c e i l i n g s u p p o rts

The test set-up for C shape ceiling supports is shown in Figure 45.

The test shall be carried out on samples of the widest and narrowest width of each product type.
Intermediate S WLs can be determined by interpolation of the test results. Alternatively, if the
narrowest width has not been tested, the manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that
the S WL applicable to the widest width shall also be applied to the narrower widths.

The load shall be placed at two points on the C support as shown in Figure 45 a) if it is designed
for cable ladder only or for both cable tray and cable ladder. If the C support is designed for
cable tray lengths only and cable tray fittings it shall be loaded on more than two points as
illustrated in Figure 45 b) and calculated in accordance with Clause 0 . 3.

The measurement point of the deflection shall be positioned within 5 mm of the end of the
C support as shown in Figure 45 a) and Figure 45 b) .

The test shall be carried o u t in accordance with 1 0. 1 a nd 1 0. 2 with the exception that a pre­
load of 50 % of the S WL shall be applied.

At th e S WL the maximum deflection D 1 shall not exceed 112oth of the length L and the maximum
deflection D2 shall not exceed 112oth of the width W of the C support, up to a maximum of 30 mm.
 - 90 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

D1

w
/EC

Key
C shape c e i l i n g s u p port
2 Point load
3 Deflection meas u rement poi nts
4 R i g i d s u pport

L
F Tota l a p p l i ed load on the test assembly
Length of the C s u p port

W5 Width of the cable tray or cable ladder

W Tota l width of the C s u p port

a) Test set-u p for a C shape cei l i n g su pport des i g ned for su pporti ng cable ladder
syste ms a n d which may also be used for c a b l e tray systems
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 91 -

D1

b a a a b

w
/EC

Key
C shape cei l i n g s u p port
2 Point load
3 Deflection meas u rement points
4 Rigid s u pport
a a = W/n

b b=a/2

F Total a p p l ied l oad on the test asse m b l y

L Length of the C s u p port

n Total n u mber of point loads accord i n g to C l a u s e 0 . 3

W5 Outside width o f the cab l e tray

W Total width of the C s u p port

b) Test set-u p for a C shape c e i l i n g s u p port des i g ned for su pporti ng cable tray system s o n l y

F i g u re 45 - T e s t s et- u p f o r a C s h a p e c e i l i n g s u p po rt

1 0.8.3.4 Test for SWL o f t h e trapeze system o r trapeze s u p p o rt o n ly

1 0 .8.3.4.1 G e n e ra l

Each p rod uct type s h a l l be capable o f withsta n d i n g t h e loads as declared b y t h e m a n u fact u rer.

Compliance is checked by the following tests.

1 0 .8 .3.4.2 Test f o r s u p p o rt i n g cab l e l a d d e r o n l y

A trapeze system is fixed to a rigid structure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The S WL is checked by applying two point loads as shown in Figure 46.

The test shall be carried out on samples of the widest and narrowest width for each product
type. S WLs of intermediate widths can be determined by interpolation of the test results.
Alternatively, for each product type, if the narrowest width has not been tested, the
manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the widest width
shall also be applied to the narrower widths.

For the pendants, excluding threaded rod, the longest and shortest declared length for each
product type shall be tested. S WLs of intermediate lengths can be determined by interpolation
of the test results. Alternatively, for each product type, if the shortest length has not been tested,
the manufacturer or resp onsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the longest
length shall also be applied to the shorter lengths.
 - 92 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

For pendants using threaded rod the shortest declared length for each product type shall be
tested. Where the length of the threaded rod is not declared a length of 1 m shall be tested.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2 with the exception that a pre­
load of 50 % of the S WL shall be applied.

For all the tests the maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the width W up
to a maximum of 30 mm.

w:

F/2 F/2 3

/EC

Key
Deflection meas u rement point m i d -way between the penda nts

2 Pendant
3 Tra p eze s u p port
F Tota l a p p l i ed load on trapeze s u pport

W Width between the pendant centre l i nes

W5 Distance between the m i d - l i nes of the contact areas of the l a d d e r

F i g u re 46 - Test set-u p fo r trap eze system d es i g n ed fo r s u p p o rt i n g c a b l e l a d d e r o n l y

1 0 .8.3.4.3 Test for s u p p o rt i n g c a b l e tray o r both c a b l e t ray a n d c a b l e l a d d e r

A trapeze system is fixed to a rigid stru cture i n accord a nce with the m a n ufactu rer's i n struct i o n s .
The SWL is checked by a p p l y i n g a U D L as s h own i n F i g u re 4 7 .

The test shall be carried out o n samples o f the widest and narrowest width for each product
type. S WLs of intermediate widths can be determined by interpolation of the test results.
Alternatively, for e ach product type, if the narrowest width has not been tested, the
man ufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the widest width
shall also be applied to the narrower widths.

For the pendants, excluding threaded rod, the longest and shortest declared length for each
product type shall be tested. S WLs of intermediate lengths can be determined by interpolation
of the test results. Alternatively, for each product type, if the shortest length has not been tested,
the manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the longest
length shall also be applied to the shorter lengths.

For pendants using threaded rod the shortest declared length for each product type shall be
tested. Where the length of the threaded rod is not declared a length of 1 m shall be tested.
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 93 -

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2 with the exception that a pre-load
of 50 % of the S WL shall be applied.

For all the tests the maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 112oth of the width W
between the pendants up to a maximum of 30 mm.

2
b a a a b

3
Fin Fin Fin Fin

/EC

Key
Deflection meas u rement point mid-way between the pendants

2 Pendant
3 Trapeze s u p port
a W5 In

b a/2
F Total a p p l ied l oad on trapeze s u pport
n Total n u mber of point loads accord i n g to C l ause D . 3

W Width between the pendant centre l i nes

W5 Width of cable tray or cable l a d d e r

F i g u re 47 - Test set-up fo r trapeze system d e s i g n e d for su p p o rt i n g

c a b l e tray o r c a b l e l a d d e r

1 0 .8 .3.4.4 Alte rnative test fo r s u p po rt i n g c a b l e tray a n d/or c a b l e l a d d e r

T h i s test is a n a l ternative to the tests of 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 4 . 2 a n d 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 4 . 3 because it re presents the

worst-case co n d ition .

A trapeze system is fixed to a rigid structure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The S WL is checked by applying a single point load as shown in Figure 48.

The test shall be carried out on samples of the widest and narrowest width for each product
type. S WLs of intermediate widths can be determined by interpolation of the test results.
Alternatively, for each product type, if the narrowest width has not been tested, the
manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the widest width
shall also be applied to the narrower widths.
 - 94 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

For the pendants, excluding threaded rod, the longest and shortest declared length for each
product type shall be tested. S WLs of intermediate lengths can be determined by interpolation
of the test results. Alternatively, for each product type, if the shortest length has not been tested,
the manufacturer or responsible vendor shall declare that the S WL applicable to the longest
length shall also be applied to the shorter lengths.

For pendants using threaded rod the shortest declared length for each product type shall be
tested. Where the length of the threaded rod is not declared a length of 1 m shall be tested.

The test shall be carried out in accordance with 1 0. 1 and 1 0. 2 with the exception that a pre-load
of 50 % of the S WL shall be applied.

For all the tests the maximum deflection at the S WL shall not exceed 1!201h of the width W
between the pendants up to a maximum of 30 mm.

F 3

/EC

Key
1 Deflection meas u rement point mid-way between the p e n d a nts

2 Pendant
3 Trapeze s u p port
F Load on trapeze s u p port

W Width between the pendant centre l i nes

F i g u re 48 - A l ternative test s et - u p for t rapeze syste ms

1 0 .9 Test f o r i m pact res i st a n c e

Cable tray systems a n d cable ladder system s s h a l l be s u ffi ciently strong to withsta nd i m pact
d u r i n g normal use.

The test is carried o u t on n o n-meta l l ic or co m posite lengths of cable tray o r lengths of cable
l a d d e r only. M eta l l i c systems are not considered for t h i s test.

Compliance is checked by the following test.

The test is performed according to /EC 60068-2- 75 using the pendulum hammer. The mass of
the hammer and the fall height shall be as given in Table 9 and shall be applied as shown in
Figure 49.
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 95 -

The test is carried out on samples of cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths not less than
600 mm long. Before the test, components are aged at a temperature of 60 °C ± 2 °C for 1 68 h
contin uously.

The sample shall be tested using two cantile ver brackets of the most rigid type recommended
by the manufacturer or responsible vendor in order to ensure that the maximum possible impact
en ergy is transferred to the sample. The sample shall be fixed to the cantile ver brackets using
metal bolts according to the manufacturer's or responsible vendor's instructions. When no metal
bolts are declared then suitably sized metal bolts shall be used in order to prevent movement
of the sample during the test. The distance between the 2 brackets shall be 500 mm ± 25 mm.
The brackets shall be fixed to a rigid structure.

The sample arrangement shall be placed in a refrigerated cabinet, within which the temperature
is maintained at the declared temperature according to Table 3, with a tolerance of ± 2 °C.

As an alternative, only the sample with its internal fixing de vices may be inserted in the
refrigerated cabinet.

After a minimum of 2 h, the sample shall be removed from the refrigerated cabinet and
immedia tely placed in the test apparatus.

At ( 1 3 ± 3) s after the removal of the sample from the refrigerated cabinet the hammer is allowe d
to fall:

with the declared impact energy according to 6. 9,

- so that an impact is applied as far as possible perpendicular to the side of the sample at a
point likely to be the weakest and midway between the brackets.

The above test is then carried out on a new sample with the impact applied as far as possible
perpendicular to the underside of the base at a point likely to be the weakest and midway
between the brackets as shown in Figure 49 b) and Figure 49 d) .

Instead of placing the samples in a refrigerated cabinet and applying the impact at ( 1 3 ± 3) s
after the removal of the sample from the cabinet, it is permitted to apply the impact in a climatic
chamber at a temperature declared according to Table 3 on samples placed at this temperature
at least for 2 h. Compliance in the climatic chamber is sufficient. In case of failure in the climatic
chamber, compliance using the cabinet provides compliance with this document.

After the test, the sample length shall show no cracks or similar damage visible to normal or
corrected vision without magnification.

Tab l e 9 - I m p a ct test val ues

Approximate e nergy Mass of h a m m er Fall height

J kg mm

2 0,5 400 ± 4

5 1 ,7 295 ± 3

10 5,0 200 ± 2

20 5,0 400 ± 4

50 1 0,0 500 ± 5
 - 96 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

/EC

Key

Rigid structure
2 Cantilever bracket
3 Cable tray l e ngth sample
4 I m pact a p p l i ed at a point l i kely to be the wea kest and m i dway between the b rackets
a) I m pact test on s i d e of tray

/EC

Key
Rigid structure
2 Cantilever bracket

3 Cable tray l e ngth sample

4 I m pact a p p l i ed at a point l i kely to be the wea kest and m i d wa y between the b rackets
b) I m pact test on u n derside of tray
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 97 -

3
/EC

Key

Rigid structure
2 Cantilever bracket
3 Cable l a d d e r le ngth s a m p l e

4 Position of the rung i n such a way that the i m pact is a p p l i e d to the weakest point
5 I m pact a p p l i ed at a point l i kely to be the wea kest and m idway between the b rackets
c) I m pact test on side member of ladder

2
/EC

Key
Rigid structure

2 Cantilever bracket
3 Cable l a d d e r le ngth s a m p l e
4 Position of the rung i n such a way that the i m pact is a p p l i e d to the wea kest point
5 I m pact a p p l i ed at a point l i kely to be the wea kest and m i dway between the b rackets
d) I m pact test on ru n g of ladder

F i g u re 49 - I m pact test stroke a r ra n g e m e n t

 - 98 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

11 E l ectrical p ro p e rties

1 1 .1 E l ect r i c a l conti n u ity

1 1 .1 .1 G e n e ra l

Cable tray syste ms a n d cable ladder syste ms decl ared accord i n g to 6 . 3 . 2 o r 6 . 3 . 3 s h a l l have
adeq u ate e l ectrica l continu ity to e n s u re eq u i potential bon d i n g a n d co n n ecti o n ( s ) to earth if
req u i red acco rd i ng to the appl ication of the cable tray syste m or of the cable ladder syste m .

For cond uctive a n d com posite system componen ts with n o n -co n d u ctive s u rfaces i t wi l l be the
res pon s i b i l ity of the m a n u facturer to prov i d e a con nect i o n in ord er to ach ieve the req u i red
co n d u ctiv ity .

Systems declared according to 6. 3. 2 shall be tested on one sample. If the sample does not
satisfy the test, the test shall be repeated on two new samples both of which shall comply with
the requirements.

Systems declared according to 6. 3. 3 shall be tested on three samples. If one of the samples
does not satisfy the test, the test shall be repe ated on three new samples all of which shall
comply with the requirements.

The samples and test set-up shall be as shown in Figure 50 to Figure 54. If different types of
coupling exist within the system, they shall be tested separately.

All grease is removed from the parts to be tested, by cleaning with white spirit with a
kauributanol value of 35 ± 5.

The parts shall then be dried, after which they are assembled.

Compliance is checked according to 1 1 . 1. 2.

1 1 . 1 .2 E l ectri c a l i m p e d a n c e tests

1 1 . 1 .2 . 1 G e n eral

A current (I) derived from AC source ha ving a no load voltage not exceeding 12 V and equal to
25 A ± 1 A at the nominal frequency of 50 Hz to 60 Hz is passed through the sample
arrangem ents detailed in 1 1 . 1 . 2. 2 to 1 1 . 1 . 2. 6, and the voltage drop (V) is measured. Where
samples have a non-con ductive coating, for example paint, then the coating has first to be
removed from the measuring points before any tests are carried out.

1 1 . 1 .2.2 I m p e d a n ce o f t h e l e n g t h of c a b l e tray, c a b l e l a d d e r o r m e s h c a b l e t ray

The test is carried out on one sample length of the narrowest width of each product type. The
voltage drop (V) shall be m easured between two points (d1) = (1 ± 0, 05) m apart as shown in
Figure 50 a) , Figure 50 b) and Figure 50 c).

The impedance per metre (Z 1) is calculated from the current (I) and the voltage drop (V) using
the following equation:

Z1 -_
--
v 0m - 1
I x d1

The calculated impedance per metre (Z1) shall not exceed 50 mn m- 1 .

IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 99 -

/EC

a) I m pedance along the length of a cab l e tray

b) I m pedance along the l e n gth of a cab l e ladder

/EC

c) I m pedance along the l e n gth of a mesh cab l e tray

F i g u re 5 0 - Test set - u p i m ped a n ce a l o n g the l e n gt h

1 1 . 1 .2.3 I m p e d a n ce o f t h e w i d t h o f c a b l e tray, c a b l e l a d d e r o r m e s h c a b l e tray

The test is carried out on one sample of the widest width of each product type. The test sample
shall have a length not exceeding 1 m. The voltage drop (V) shall be measured between the
opposite side members as shown in Figure 51 a), Figure 51 b} and Figure 51 c) . The current
injection points shall be (300 ± 5) mm each side of the voltage measuring points.

The impedance (Z2) is calculated from the current (I) and the voltage drop (V} using the following
equation:

v
z2 = - 0
I
 - 1 00 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

The calculated impedance (Z2) shall not exceed 50 mn.

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

/EC

a) I m pedance across the width of a cable tray

/EC

b) I m pedance across t h e width of a cable ladder

c) I m pedance across the w i dth of a m e s h cable tray

F i g u re 5 1 - Test set - u p i m p e d a n ce a c ross t h e width

1 1 . 1 .2.4 I m p e d a n ce o f a j o i nt

The test is carried out on one sample of the narrowest width of each product type. Th e sample
shall consist of an assembly of two cut cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths joined together
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Each cut cable tray or cable ladder shall be
at least 300 mm long. This test shall be repeated for e very different type ofjoint used within the
system.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © IEC 2023 - 1 01 -

The voltage drop (V) is measured as shown in Figure 52 a), Figure 52 b), Figure 52 c) ,
Figure 52 d), Figure 52 e), and Figure 52 f), between two points, one on either side of the joint
and separated by a distance (d3) of at least 50 mm from the coupling area.

The impedance (Z3) is calculated from the current (I) and the voltage drop (V) using the
following equation:

Where d3 is in metres and z 1 is the impedance per metre of the rele vant cable tray length or
cable ladder length as calculated in 1 1 . 1. 2. 2;

The calculated impedance across the joint (Z3) shall not exceed 50 mn.

I
/EC

a) I m pedance of a j o i nt of a cab l e tray co n nected with a separate cou p l e r

I
/EC

b) I mpedance of a j o i n t of a cable tray con n ected w i t h a n i ntegral coupler

 - 1 02 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

I /EC

c) I m pedance o f a j o i n t o f a c a b l e l a d d e r con nected w i t h a separate coupler

d) I m pedance of a j o i n t of a cable ladder con n ected with an i ntegral coupler

/EC

e) I m pedance of a j o i n t of a mesh cable tray con n ected with a separate c o u p l e r

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 1 03 -

/EC

f) I m pedance of a j o i nt of a mesh ca b l e tray con n ected with an i ntegral c o u p l e r

F i g u re 52 - Test set - u p i m ped a n ce of a j o i nt

1 1 . 1 .2.5 I m pe d a n ce o f t h e c o n n ection o f t h e e a rt h i n g term i n a l o r term i n ation

T h i s test is carried o u t on ea rth i n g term i n a l s fitted by the m a n u factu rer or s u p p l ied loose by the
m a n ufactu rer for fitting by the insta l ler i n accord a nce with the m a n u facture r's i nstructi o n s .

The voltage drop (V) is measured a s shown in Figure 53, the distance d4 shall be 2 0 mm to
30 mm and the distance of d5, measured along the length of the cable from the centre of the
terminal shall be 50 mm maximum using the minimum size copper cable as recommended by
the manufacturer.

The impedance (Z4) is calculated from the current (I) and the voltage drop (V) using the following
equation:

v
24 = - 0
I

The calculated impedance (Z4) shall not exceed 50 mD.

/EC

F i g u re 53 - Test set-u p i m ped a n ce of a n eart h i n g te rm i n a l or t e r m i n a t i o n

1 1 . 1 .2.6 I m pe d a n ce o f t h e co n n ect i o n b etween a cover a n d a c a b l e t ray l e n gth o r

cable ladder length

The test s h a l l be carried o u t on o n e s a m p l e of the wid est w i d t h o f each prod uct t y p e compri s i n g
a cover a n d a c a b l e tray len gth or c a b l e l a d d e r len gth , assemb led accord i n g t o m a n ufact u re r's
i n struct i o n s . The l e ngth of the sample s h a l l be (1 000 ± 5 0 ) m m .
 - 1 04 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

This test shall be repeated for every different type of connection between the cable tray length
or cable ladder length and its co ver.

The voltage drop (V) is measured between the midpoint of the cover and the midpoint of the
underside of the base of the cable tray length, or the midpoint of the underside of the central
rung of the cable ladder length, as shown in Figure 54.

The impedance (Z5) is calculated from the current (I) and the voltage drop (V) using the following
equation:

v
z5 = - 0
I

The calculated impedance (Z5) shall not exceed 50 mn.

/EC

F i g u re 54 - Test s et- u p i m pe d a n c e of t h e con nection between

an access cover and a ca b l e tray or c a b l e l a d d e r

1 1 . 1 .2.7 I m pe d a n ce of t h e co n n ect i o n b etween a fitt i n g a n d a c a b l e tray l e n gth o r

cable ladder length

Under consideration .

1 1 .2 E l ectri c a l n o n -co n d u ctivity

1 1 .2 . 1 G e n e ra l

Cable tray system compon ents a n d cable ladder syste m compone n ts declared accord i n g to
6 . 4 . 2 s h a l l be deemed e l ectrica l l y non-co n d u ct i ve if t h ey have s u rface res istiv ity va l u es of
1 00 MO or g reater.

Metal cable tray syste m s and metal cable l a d d e r syste m s with a coating a re considered as
cond uctive.

Compliance is checked by the following tests for system components according to 6. 1. 2 or 6. 1. 3.

The test shall be carried out on one sample. If the sample does not satisfy the test, the test
shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall comply with the requirements:

• the samples are prepared according to 1 1 . 2. 2;

• the electrodes are prepared according to 1 1 . 2. 3;
• the samples are subjected to the humidity treatment according to 1 1 . 2. 4;
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 05 -

• the samples are mounted according to 1 1 . 2. 5;

• the surface resistance values are measured according to 1 1 . 2. 6;
• the surface resistivity value is calculated according to 1 1 . 2. 7.

1 1 .2.2 P re p a rati o n of s a m p les

Each type of non-conductive material used in the system shall be tested once.

For cable tray systems, prepare plate samples having a width of (25 ± 0, 5) mm and a length of
(50 ± 2) mm.

For cable ladder systems, prepare plate samples from the side rail having a width of
(25 ± 0, 5) mm and a length of (50 ± 2) mm.

1 1 .2.3 P re p a rat i o n of e l ectrodes

The two electrodes:

• shall be made of a suitable conductive ma terial not subjected to corrosion under the
conditions of the test and not reacting with the ma terial being tested;
• shall have the dimensions: 1 0 mm x 1 0 mm x 50 mm.

1 1 .2.4 H u m i d ity treatment o f s a m p les

The humidity treatment shall be carried out in a humidity cabinet with a relative humidity
between 9 1 % and 95 % at a temperature T, maintained within ± 1 °C of any convenient value
between 20 °C and 30 °C.

Before being placed in the h umidity cabinet, the samples are brought to a temperature between
T and (T + 4) °C. This may be achieved by keeping them at this temperature for at least 4 h
before the humidity treatment.

The samples are kept in the humidity cabinet for 24 h.

A relative humidity between 91 % and 95 % can be obtained by placing in the humidity cabinet
a saturated solution of sodium sulphate (Na2S04) or potassium nitrate (KN03) in water having
a substantially large contact surface with air.

In order to achieve the specified conditions within the cabinet, it is necessary to ensure constant
circulation of the air within and, in general, to use a cabinet which is thermally insulated.

1 1 .2.5 M o u n t i n g o f e l ectrodes o n s a m p l e s

The electrodes shall be mounted on the samples for measurement according to Figure 55. The
electrodes shall be spaced (25 ± 2) mm apart.
 - 1 06 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

50 ±2

I I
I I
. I . I
I I

N
+I
0
l{)

I. 25 ±2
!EC

Key
Sample
2 M etal electrode

F i g u re 55 - Ty p i c a l arra n g e m e n t of s u rfa ce res istivity test

1 1 .2.6 Meas u re m e n t o f s u rface res ista n c e

The samples shall be subjected to a DC voltage equal to (500 ± 1 0) V for 1 min.

At the end of this time, while maintaining the voltage, the surface resistance shall be measured.

The surface resistance Rx may be de termined either by a bridge method or by measuring the
current and voltage.

The measurement system shall guarantee an overall accuracy of surface resistance

measurement of at least ± 1 0 %.

1 1 .2.7 C a l c u l at i o n of s u rface res i sti vity

The surface resistivity shall be calculated from the following equation:

er = Rx x pig = 2 x Rx
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 07 -

where
CJ is the surface resistivity in ohm;
Rx is the measured surface resistance in ohm;

p is twice the width of the sample in mm;

g is the distance between the electrodes in mm.

1 2 T h e r m a l p ro p e rt i e s

Blank.

1 3 F i re h aza rds

1 3.1 React i o n to fi re

1 3.1 .1 I n it i a t i o n o f f i re

T h i s item is not relevant fo r c a b l e tray syste ms a n d cable ladder syste ms .

1 3. 1 .2 Co ntri b u t i o n to f i re

System components declared accord i n g to 6 . 1 . 2 a n d 6 . 1 . 3 wh ich m i g h t be exposed to a b n o r m a l

h e a t d u e t o a n e l ectri cal fa u l t s h a l l h a v e l i m ited i g n ita b i l ity .

Compliance is checked by the test according to /EC 60695-2- 1 1 : 202 1, Clause 4 to Clause 1 0,
with a glow-wire temperature of 650 °C.

Small parts, such as washers, are not subject to the test of this Subc/ause 1 3. 1 . 2.

The test is not carried out on parts made of ceramic or me tallic material.

The test is carried o ut on one sample, which may be tested at more than one poin t. If the sample
does not sa tisfy the test, the test shall be repeated on two new samples, both of which shall
comply with the requirements set out in this Subclause 1 3. 1. 2.

The test is carried out applying the glow-wire once for 30 s.

The sample is regarded as having passed the glow-wire test if

a) there is no ignition, or
b) all of the following situations apply when ignition has occurred:
i) flames or glowing combustion of the test specimen extinguish within 30 s after removal
of the glow-wire, i. e ., tR ::; 30 s;
where tR is the time the glow-wire is removed and
ii) the specified layer placed underneath the test specimen does not ignite.

1 3.1 .3 S p read of f i re

N o n -flame propagati ng system components s h a l l e i t h e r not i g n ite or, if i g n ited , s h a l l have a

l i m ited spread of fire.

Compliance is checked as follows.

 - 1 08 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

for system components of non-metallic or composite material other than cable tray lengths
or cable ladder lengths, by the test of 1 3. 1 . 2 at a glow-wire temperature of 650 °C. Parts
that have already been tested in accordance with 1 3. 1 . 2 are not tested again;
for cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths of non-metallic or composite ma terial, by the
following flame test.

The flame test is carried out on samples that have a length of 6 75 mm ± 1 0 mm.

The test is performed using the b urner specified in /EC 60695- 1 1-2 using method 8.

The samples shall be placed as shown in Figure 56 in a rectangular metal enclosure with one
open fa ce as shown in Figure 57 in an area substantially free from draughts. If the sample is
too wide to fit in the enclosure, then the test can be carried out without the enclosure. Each
sample shall be clamped at both ends, in order to pre vent distortion or movement of the sample
itself under flame application conditions. In the case of cable ladder lengths, the top face of the
rung shall be positioned 1 00 mm from the upper extremity of the lower clamp.

The burner is positioned as shown in Figure 56 with the flame applied:

to the middle of the side rail of the inside face of the cable ladder length;
to the inside face at the junction be tween the base and the side flange of the cable tray
length.

The internal lower surface of the enclosure shall be covered with a piece of pine or particle
board, approximately 1 0 mm thick, covered with a single layer of tissue paper of a density
between 1 2 g!m 2 and 30 g!m 2 , in accordance with ISO 404 6.

The samples shall be subjected to the exposure of the flame for 60 s ± 2 s.

The sample shall be regarded to have passed the test if

it does not ignite, or if

in the case of ignition, the following three conditions are fulfilled:
a) the flame extinguishes within 30 s after removal of the test flame,
b) there is no ignition of the tissue paper or scorching of the board,
c) there is no evidence of b urning or charring above 50 mm below the lower extremity of
the upper clamp.

If perforated system compone nts are m a d e fro m u n pe rfo rated syste m compone nts, it is not
necessary to test the u n perforated syste m component.
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 09 -

Dimensions in m i l l i m etres

LO
N

0 0
� �
+I +I
LO 0
,._ LO
co LO LO
+I
0
/ 0

LO
N
N

450
LO
:f: ,2 0
N

3
/ 0

/ +i
4 0
/ LO
LO
/
,
/

5
6
7 /EC

Key
Sample centra l l y located in the horizontal plane
2 Clamp

3 Flame

4 Back face

5 Tissue paper

6 1 O mm soft white-wood board of width = 700��5

7 Depth of 450_2
+O
5
NOTE This d rawi n g is not i ntended to govern design except as rega rds the d im e nsions s h ow n .

F i g u re 56 - Arra n g e m e n t fo r t h e f l a m e test
 - 110 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

r----------------
/
/ I
// I
/ I
/ I
// I
/ I
/

/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
//

w
3 /EC

Key
Top s u rface
2 Back s u rface

3 Bottom s u rface

D I nterior depth of enclos u re 45o�J5

H I nterior height of enclos u re 1 300 ± 25

W I nterior width of enclos u re 700�5

5
NOTE 1 This d rawi n g is not i ntended to govern design except as rega rds the d im e nsions show n .

NOTE 2 A l l d i mensions a re i nside t h e e nclos u re , the material i s metal.

F i g u re 57 - E n c l os u re fo r t h e f l a m e test

1 3 . 1 .4 A d d i t i o n a l react i o n to f i re c h a racte rist i cs

U n d e r consid e rati on .
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 111 -

1 3 .2 Resistance to f i re

U n d e r consid e rati on .

1 4 Exte r n a l i nfl u e n ces

1 4. 1 Res i st a n c e a g a i nst e n v i ro n m e nt a l forces

Snow, w i n d l oad i n g , and other enviro n menta l forces are not consid e red to be the res p o n s i b i l ity
of the m a n ufactu rer or respon s i b l e vendor.

1 4 .2 Res i st a n c e a g a i nst co rros i o n

1 4.2.1 G e n eral

Al l system compon ents and i ntern a l fix i n g d ev i ces s h a l l h ave adeq uate res i sta n ce a g a i n st
corrosion i n accord a n ce with T a b l e 1 0 .

NOTE Some m a n ufacturing p rocesses can affect the behaviour of the reference materi a l rega rd i n g resista nce to
corrosion .

Table 1 0 - System c o m p o n e n t co m p l i a nce a n d c l assification

for res i st a n c e a g a i n s t corro s i o n

System component or Classification Com p l i ance S u b c l a use for

i nternal fixing device accord i n g to c o m p l i a nce check
material and coat i n g s

Non-meta l l i c 6.5.2 Declaration 1 4. 2 . 2

Declaration o r z i n c coating
M i l d steel with zinc coat i n g
6 . 5 . 3 . 2 . 1 Table 1 measu rement accord i n g to 1 4. 2 . 3 . 2
referenced i n Table 1
Table 1

System component made of

m i l d steel not referenced i n Declaration o r zinc coat i n g
T a b l e 1 but w i t h a method of 6 . 5 . 3 . 2 . 2 Table 1 measu rement accord i n g to 1 4. 2 . 3 . 3
z i n c coating designation Table 1
deta i l ed in Tab l e 1

System component made of By neutral salt s p ray ( N S S )

m i l d steel n o t referenced i n 6.5.3.2.3 Table 1 1 test 1 4 . 2 . 4 accord ing to 1 4. 2 . 3 . 4
Table 1 Table 1 1 d uration

Sta i n less steel as i n Table 2 6 . 5 . 3 . 3 Table 2 Declaration 1 4. 2 . 3 . 5

By neutra l s a l t s p ra y ( N S S )
M i l d steel w i t h organ i c
6.5.3.4 Table 1 1 test 1 4.2.4 accord ing to 1 4. 2 . 6
coatings
Table 1 1 d uration

6 . 5 . 3 . 5 U nd e r
A l u m i n i u m a l loys U n d e r consi d e ration 1 4. 2 . 5
consi d e ration
 - 1 12 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Tab l e 1 1 - S a l t s p ray test d u ration

Class Neutral salt s p ray (NSS) test d u ration

1 24

2 96

3 1 44

4 1 92

5 432

6 528

7 696

8 840

1 4.2.2 N o n-meta l l i c system c o m p o n ents

System compone nts clas s ified accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 2 are consi d ered to be i n h e rently res istant to
co rros i o n and do not req u i re test i n g .

1 4.2.3 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e o f m i l d steel w i t h m eta l l i c coat i n g o r sta i n less steel

1 4.2.3.1 G e n e ra l

System compon ents s h a l l h ave a class accord i n g t o Table 1 , Table 2 o r Table 1 1 .

1 4.2.3.2 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e of m i l d ste e l w i t h z i n c coat i n g refe renced i n

Tab l e 1

System compone nts d eclared accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 3 . 2 . 1 made of m i ld steel with z i n c coati ng

refe renced i n Table 1 s h a l l conform to the declared class i n Table 1 .

Compliance for classes 1 to 1 1 is checked by either:

- measurement according to the material specification in Table 1 or

declaration.

1 4.2.3.3 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e of m i l d ste e l n ot refere n ce d i n T a b l e 1 b u t with a

method of z i n c coat i n g d e s i g n at i o n d et a i l e d i n Table 1

System com pon ents declared accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 3 . 2 . 2 made of m i l d steel with a method of z i n c
coat i n g d esig nation d etai led i n Table 1 s h a l l conform to the declared class as specified i n
Table 1 .

1 4.2.3.4 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e o f m i l d steel n o t refe re n ced i n T a b l e 1

Syste m compon ents declared accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 3 . 2 . 3 made of m i l d steel with a coat i n g not
refe renced i n Table 1 s h a l l conform to the d eclared class a n d correspo n d i n g test d u ration as
spec ified i n Table 1 1 .

Compliance for classes 1 to 8 is checked by the salt spray test in 1 4 . 2.4.

1 4.2.3.5 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e o f sta i n less steel

System compone nts declared accord i n g to 6 . 5 . 3 . 3 made of sta i n less steel s h a l l co nform to the
declared class i n Table 2 .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 113 -

Compliance is checked by a supplier's declaration for classes I to V based on the material

designation. If a declaration is not given, then the material is to be unclassified.

1 4.2.4 S a l t s p ray test

A neutral salt spray (NSS) test according to ISO 922 7 shall be carried out over the time period
as declared by the manufacturer and specified in Table 1 1 . For the salt spray test the test
sample shall be a representative sample of the product type. In the case of cable tray lengths
and cable ladder lengths the sample shall have a minimum length of 70 mm of the narrowest
width. The sample shall have passed the test if the corrosion of the surface does not exceed
5 % of red corrosion, indicated by an R(p) value of 4, as specified in ISO 1 0289. Zones that
trap saltwater during the test are not considered for the test result.

Exposed edges which result from cutting a sample, are not taken into account in the results of
the test.

1 4.2.5 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e fro m a l u m i n i u m a l l oys

U n d e r consid erati o n .

1 4.2.6 System c o m p o n e nts m a d e o f ste e l w i t h o rg a n i c coat i n g

1 4.2.6.1 G e n e ra l

T h e tests detailed i n 1 4 . 2 . 6 . 2 a n d 1 4 . 2 . 6 . 3 , are carried o u t o n a test s a m p l e that i s

representative o f t h e product typ e . I n t h e case o f cable tray lengths a n d c a b l e l a d d e r lengths
the s a m p l e shall have a m i n i m u m l e n gth of 70 m m of the n a rrowest width.

After the tests are carried o u t visual i n spect i o n of the sam ples is perfo rmed under n o rm a l view
o r co rrected vision without m a g n ificat i o n . Exposed edges wh ich res u l t fro m cutt i n g a s a m p l e ,
are n o t taken i nto acco u n t i n the res u lts o f the test.

1 4.2.6.2 Ad h e s i o n

O rg a n ic coati n g on systems compone nts s h a l l h a v e adeq u ate a d h e s i o n t o p reve nt d e l a m i nation

of the coat i n g .

Compliance is checked in accordance with the test detailed in ISO 2409; the pa ttern o f the
score marks shall be, when possible, at least 20 mm from the edges of the sample including
the edges of holes.

The sample shall have passed the test if the results of the test are in a ccordance with
classification 1 of ISO 2409.

1 4.2.6.3 Co rros i o n test i n g

1 4.2.6.3.1 System compon ents clas sified i n a ccord a n ce with Table 1 o r Table 2 a n d w i t h
an additional o rg a n ic coating wh ich is not i nte nded to prov i d e a d d it i o n a l p rotect i o n a g a i nst
corrosion d o not req u i re a test. T h e class ification of such syste m co m ponents s h a l l be the same
as deta iled i n Table 1 o r Table 2.

1 4.2.6.3.2 System compon ents wh ich h ave been tested accord i n g to 1 4 . 2 . 4 a n d t h e n h ave
a n additional o rg a n ic coating which is not i nte nded to provide a d d i t i o n a l p rotection a g a i nst
corrosion d o not req u i re a n additional test. T h e class ification of s u c h system co m p o n e nts s h a l l
b e as determ i n ed from Table 1 .

1 4.2.6.3.3 For a l l other cases wh ere o rga n i c coat i n g is used the class ificati o n of such
system components shall be as d eterm ined from Table 1 1 .
 - 1 14 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Compliance is checked by the following tests for system components according to 6. 5. 3. 4 . 2

and/or 6. 5. 3 . 4 . 3.

System components classified according to 6. 5. 3. 4. 2 are tested as follows.

The test sample shall be a representative sample of the product type . In the case of cable tray
lengths and cable ladder lengths the sample shall have a length of 70 mm and be of the
narrowest width. The sample is prepared with a scribe mark in accordance with Clause C. 4 of
/SO 922 7:2022. If zinc or zinc-alloy-coated steel is used then the scratch shall be to the zinc
coating, and no further.

The time period specified in Table 1 1 shall be applied after the sample has been prepared. A
ne utral salt spray (NSS) test is then carried out according to ISO 922 7.

The sample shall have passed the test if the degree of corrosion around the scribe is equivalent
to grade 1 or less as illustrated by Figure 1 in ISO 4628-8:20 1 2.

System components classified according to 6. 5. 3. 4. 3 are tested as follows.

The test sample shall be a representative sample of the product type. In the case of cable tray
lengths and cable ladder lengths the sample shall have a length of 70 mm of the narrowest
width.

After the sample has been prepared, a neutral salt spray (NSS) test is carried out in accordance
with the time period specified in Table 1 1 .

The sample shall have passed the test if the corrosion of the surface does not exceed 5 % of
red corrosion. Assessment of the degree of rusting shall be carried out in accordance with
/SO 4628-3.

1 5 E l ectro m a g netic com pati b i l i ty ( E M C )

P rod ucts cove red by th is docu me nt do n ot e m it e l ectro m ag net i c fi elds a n d a re n o t adversely

affected by them when used fo r their i n tended p u rpos e .

NOTE Whe n p roducts covered by this docu ment are i nsta l l ed a s p a rt o f a wiring i nsta l l at i o n , t h e i nsta l lation ca n
emit or be infl u e n ced by electromagnetic s i g n a l s . The degree of i nfluence w i l l d e p e n d on the n at u re of the i n stallation
with i n its o pe rating e nv i ronment and the a p pa ratus connected by the w i r i n g .
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 115 -

Annex A
(i nformative)

Sketc hes of typ i ca l ty pes of cable tray le ngths and cable ladder le ngths

/EC /EC
/EC

a) b) c)

F i g u re A. 1 - S o l i d bottom cable t ray l e n gt h s

/EC /EC /EC

a) b) c)

F i g u re A.2 - P e rforated ca b l e tray l e n gt h s

/EC /EC /EC

a) b) c)

F i g u re A.3 - M e s h cable tray l e n gt h s

 - 116 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

/EC

a) b) c)

F i g u re A.4 - C a b l e l ad d e r l e n gt h s
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 17 -

Annex B
(i nformative)

S ketches of typical s u pport devi ces

�l �'
I � :
L ---------------------------------
1- 1 II
I �---_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-, I

I- ,
,.. ......
I I
I �---_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_- I
,

!EC
/EC
a) b)

F i g u re B . 1 - C a n t i l ever brac kets

 - 118 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

r1 r1 I'
I L - - - - - - - -' I I L - - - - - - - -' I
1'
------- I lc - -� - - -1 1
I I
/EC IEC IEC

a) b) c)

r
n l I
� r1
I l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I I
I I

r "'
I l_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I...- 1 I """
l
rl
I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I I

/EC /EC

d) e)

/ /

r1 11 li'j
l l ll 11 1 1
1
1_---------�

r1 11 li'j1
l1J 11 1
11 _ - - - - - - - - - � /EC
/EC
f) g)

F i g u re B . 2 - P e n d a nts
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 19 -

//
/
/
/
r - -.:: -=::-o.
/ I
I
/ I
I
/ I
I
/ I --
-�==-==-1

/
/
/
/
/
/EC /EC

a) b)

F i g u re B . 3 - F i x i n g b r a c kets

n n
I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J I

/EC

F i g u re B . 4 - C shape ce i l i n g s u p p o rt
 - 1 20 - I EC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023

Annex C
(normative)

P rotective Earth ( P E ) fu n ction

C.1 G e n e ra l

T h i s a n nex d efi n es the req u i reme nts for c a b l e tray systems or cable l a d d e r syste m s cl assified
accord i n g to 6 . 3 . 3 when t h ey are perm itted to be u s ed by n at i o n a l w i r i n g reg u l ations as a
protective earth fu nction ( P E ) i n i nsta llation s .

NOTE This A n nex is not used in Swed e n , d ue to confl ict with nation a l wiring rules based on I E C 60364-5-54 .

WARNING - Cable tray systems a n d cable ladder systems s h a l l not be u sed as a P E N

(protective eart h n e utra l ) co n d u ctor nor s h a l l they be used i n syste ms where a n earth c u rrent
flows conti n u o u s l y , fo r exam p l e , i n I T syste m s .

If a cab l e tray system o r cable ladder system is used as a P E cond u ctor, this can be the s u bj ect
of n at i o n a l i n sta l l ation r u l e s .

The p l a n n e r fo r e l ectrica l i n s ta l l ations has to take i nto accou n t :

- the m i n i m u m eq u ivalent cross-section area g iven by compon en ts a l o n g the leng th of the

i n sta l l ed cable tray system or cable ladder system u s ed for the PE fu ncti o n ;
- the total l e ngth of the i n sta lled cable tray system or cable ladder system used fo r the P E
fu n ctio n ;
- the system req u i rem ents for e l ectrical protecti o n of the e lectrica l c i rc u i ts (fo r exa mple fuses ,
RCBs ) .

T h e electri cal insta l l e r is res p o n s i b l e fo r:

- checki n g the electrical conti n u ity of the i nstalled system i n accorda nce with the a p p l ica b l e
nati o n a l w i r i n g reg u l at i o n s ;
m a r k i n g the i n sta l l ation as s pecified i n C . 2 . 2 .

C.2 C a b l e t ray syste m o r ca b l e l ad d e r syste m w i t h e l ectri cal conti n u ity

c h a racteristics a n d with PE f u n c t i o n

C.2.1 C o n struction

A cable tray system or cable l adder system with electrical conti n u ity c h a ra cteristics and with
P E fu nction classified a ccord i n g 6 . 3 . 3 s h a l l have s u ffi c i e nt cu rrent carry i n g ca p a b i l ity in order
to carry l i n e-to-earth fa u l t cu rre nts for a d u rati o n of maxi m u m 5 s .

Cable tray systems o r cable ladder syste m s s h a l l have n o tem peratu re rise i n the event of a
s h o rt circuit that can d a m a g e the i n stal led cables .

The m i n i m u m e q u ivalent copper cross-section area of the syste m s h a l l be not less t h a n 4 m m 2 .

Con nection betwee n system compon ents s ha l l be effective , re l iable a n d safe d u r i n g the l ifeti m e
o f the i n sta l l a ti o n .

Easily remova b l e pa rts wh ich are not part of t h e cable runway (e . g . cove rs ) s h a l l not be used
as a part of the p rotective cond u ctor ( P E ) .
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 121 -

C.2.2 M a rk i n g a n d d o c u m e ntat i o n

C.2.2.1 G e n e ra l

The man ufacturer s h a l l prov ide the fo l lowi n g i n its l iterature:

a warn i n g that n at i o n a l reg u l ations specify i n g wh ether cable tray syste ms o r cable l a d d e r
syste m s may be used as a P E conductor can a p p l y ;
a warn i ng that the e l ectrica l i n stal ler s h a l l c h eck that t h e equ ivalent c o p p e r cross-secti o n a l
area of the c a b l e tray a n d/or cable l a d d e r system is a d e q u ate for the i n sta l led c a b l e ( s ) a n d
t h i s s h a l l apply a l s o when a d d itional cables a r e i n sta l l e d ;
a warn i n g that ca b l e tray syste m s a n d cable l a d d e r systems s h a l l not be used as a P E N
co n d u ctor n o r s h a l l they be used i n syste ms where a n earth curre nt flows co nti n u o u s l y , for
exa m p l e in IT syste m s ;
- the relevant eq u iv a l e n t copper cross-sect i o n a l area ( i n m m 2 ) of the system a ccord i n g to
Table C . 1 ;
how the e l ectrical i n sta l l e r s ha l l mark the syste m , as d etailed i n C . 2 . 2 . 2 a n d C . 2 . 2 . 3 ;

Earth term i n a l s o r term i n ations s h a l l b e marked with t h e symbol @ in accord a nce with
IEC 604 1 7-50 1 9 : 2 0 0 6-08 .

C.2.2.2 M a rk i n g o f t h e i n it i a l i nsta l l at i o n

The syste m shall be marked by the electrical i nsta l l e r with a d u ra b l e a n d leg i b l e perma n e n t
m a r k i n g near to e a c h j o i n t . T h e mark i n g s h a l l com prise:

1 ) a bi-co l o u r combi nation of g reen a n d yellow,

2) the n a m e and a d d ress of the res p o n s i b l e el ectrica l i nsta l lation co m p a n y ,
3 ) the eq u ivalent copper cross secti o n a l area of the syste m ,
4 ) t h e d ate o f t h e i n sta l l atio n ,
5 ) a warn i n g a s fo l l ows : "Warn i n g : u p d ate this i n format i o n i n t h e eve nt o f re levant c h a n g e " .

The m a rk i n g s h a l l b e v i s i b l e e v e n after i n stal lation o f the cables a n d s h a l l n o t b e affixed t o a n y

eas i l y re movable pa rts such as cove rs .

C.2.2.3 M a rk i n g o f a m o d ified i nsta l l a t i o n

When the i n sta l l ation i s mod ified t h e syste m s h a l l be m a rked by the mod ify i n g i n sta l l e r as i n
C . 2 . 2 . 2 a n d a d d i t i o n a l l y stati n g that t h e system h a s been c h ecked t o confirm that the syste m
sti l l h as a n adeq uate eq u ivalent cross-sect i o n a l area.

C.2.3 Req u i re m e nts fo r p e ri o d i c i ns pect i o n

Visual i n s pections a n d e l ectrical conti n u ity checks shall be carried o u t i n o rd e r to d eterm i n e

that t h e P E fu nction performance has n o t been d eg raded for exa m p l e b y corros i o n a n d/or loose
connect i o n s .

National w i r i n g reg u lations can a p p l y i n terms o f the i nspect i o n ; the p e r i o d betwee n i n spections
shall not exceed 5 years.

Earth term i n a l s o r term i n ations s h a l l be marked with the symbol @

in accord a nce with
IEC 604 1 7-50 1 9 : 2006-08. T h i s symbol may a l ready b e prov i d e d by the m a n ufactu rer.
 - 1 22 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

C.2.4 E l ectri c a l p ro pe rt i es

C.2.4.1 G e n e ra l

The fo l l ow i n g test is used to d eterm i n e the i m pe d a nce R of the system i n order to d eterm i n e the
e q u ivalent copper cross-sect i o n a l area under C . 2 . 4 . 3 .

C.2.4.2 Dete rm i n at i o n of t h e i m ped a n ce R o f t h e system

With the exception of stainless steel all samples shall be aged according to 14. 2. 4 for a duration
that ca uses the appearance of a minimum of 5 % red rust. Alternatively, uncoated samples can
be used. The salt spray test is used in this instance only for ageing and the pass-fail criterion
does not apply.

The test is carried out on one sample of the narrowest width of each type of cable tray length
or cable ladder length joined together. The value of the impedance R from the test shall be used
for all widths unless additional tests are carried out.

A dditionally, the test can be carried out on wider widths of the cable tray length or cable ladder
length in which case the value of the impedance R from this test may be used for wider widths.

This test shall be repeated for every different type of joint used within the system and for each
type of cable tray or cable ladder where there is a variation in:

• material grade,
• material thickness,
• finish,
• perforations.

Each sample shall consist of an assembly of two cut cable tray lengths or cable ladder lengths
joined together in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Each cut cable tray length
shall be (300 ± 5) mm long. Each cut cable ladder shall have a minimum length of 300 mm and
comprise at least two rungs.

A current (I) derived from an A C source ha ving a no-load voltage not exceeding 1 2 V and equal
to 25 A ± 1 A at the nominal frequency of 50 Hz to 60 Hz is passed through the sample
arrangem ents as detailed in Figure C. 1. Where samples have a non-conductive coating for
example paint then the coating shall first be removed from the measuring points before any
tests are carried out.

The voltage drop V is measured across the connection points where the current is injected as
shown in Figure C. 1. The impedance R of the system under test is calculated using the following
equation:

v
R =- O .
I

C.2.4.3 C a l c u l at i o n of t h e e q u i v a l e n t c o p p e r c ross s e ct i o n a l a rea of t h e system

The e q u iv a l en t copper cross sectional area of the syste m (A 8. cu m m 2 ) can be d e rived fro m the
calculated i m peda nce of the system as fo l lows :

l
Ae;cu =
KCu·R
-
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 23 -

where
A
e i n re lation to electrical p rotective conductors t h e cable tray a n d or cable l a d d e r system is
e q u iv a l e n t to a protective co pper co n d u ctor h a v i n g a cross sect i o n a l area A e ;

is the l e n gth of the m i d l i n e , i n m etre s , betwee n the voltage measu ri n g-cu rre nt i njection
poi nts on the s a m p l e ;
Kcu is the conductivity of copper = 58 S m m m - 2 ;

R is the i m peda nce of the system d eterm i n ed i n C . 2 . 4 . 2 .

T a b l e C . 1 - C a l c u l ated a n d d e c l a red c ross secti o n a l a rea o f t h e syste m used

for t h e P E fu n ct i o n e q u i v a l e nt to c o p p e r co n d u ct o rs

The calcu lated equivalent

copper cross-sectio n a l area of Decl ared equivalent copper cross-sect i o n a l area Test c u rrent3
the system
A e Cu
; I

mm 2 A mm 2 A

4 S A e;Cu < 6 4 256

6 S A e; C < 1 0 6 384
u
1 0 S A e;C < 1 6 10 640
u
1 6 S A e C < 20 16 1 023
; u
20 S A e C < 25 20 1 279
; u
25 S A e;C < 35 25 1 599
u
35 S A e;C < 50 35 2 238
u
50 S A e C < 70 50 3 1 98
; u
70 S A e C < 95 70 4 477
; u
95 A e ; Cu 95 6 075

a
The test cu rre nt 1 is e q u a l to lm a x which is d erived from A =
J7:
-- from I EC 60287.
K

where

A is the declared e q u ivalent copper cross-sectional a rea of the protective earth con d u ctor i n mm 2 .
I is the test cu rre nt in a m pe re .
t is the time d u ration of the cu rrent flow in seconds (t = 5 s in this Table C . 1 as d efined by I E C 60364-4-4 1 ) .
K is a factor taki n g accou nt of the resistivity, temperatu re coefficient a n d heat capacity of the con d u ctor
material and the a p p ro p riate i n itial and final temperatures. For copper with a start i n g tem perature of 30 °C
a n d a fi n a l tem perat u re of 1 60 °C, K has the n u merical value of 1 43 . For starting tem peratu re val ues > 30 ° C
s e e I EC 60287 ( a l l p a rts) f o r the a p p ropriate v a l u e o f K i n orde r t o calcu l ate t h e value o f the test c u rrent I.

AK
From the equation in footnote a above; I= Ji ampere.

1 43 then 1 = A 1 43
x
For t = 5 s and K= ampere .
.J5

C.2.5 V a l i d at i o n test o f t h e c a l c u l ated e q u iva l e n t c o p p e r c ross-sect i o n a l a rea o f t h e

system

Cable tray systems o r ca b l e l a d d e r syste m s classified a ccord i n g to 6 . 3 . 3 s h a l l have the a b i l i ty

to ca rry a s h o rt circ u it current as d eclared by the m a n u fa ct u rer i n a ccordance with Table C . 1
without d a mag i n g the cab les .
 - 1 24 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Compliance is checked by the following test.

The test is carried o ut on one sample with the same arrangement as that used to determine the
value of impedance R in C. 2. 4. 2.

All grease is removed from the sample, by cleaning with n-hexane as defined in 7. 1 . 2. 2. The
parts shall then be dried after which they are assembled as shown in Figure C. 1 according to
the manufacturer's instructions.

With the exception of stainless steel, the sample shall then be aged, for the duration of the
declared class from Table 1 1, according to 14. 2. 4. The salt spray test is used in this instance
only for ageing and th e pass-fail criterion does not apply.

The sample shall then be coated with a matt black layer of heat resistant paint such as stove
enamel having resistance to temperatures of 200 °C. The paint shall be applied as thinly as
possible in order to minimise its influence on the thermal conductivity of the test specimen.

The sample is pla ced in a dark area to avoid any reflections.

The temperature of hot spots is measured by using a thermographic camera positioned behind
a non-reflective screen with a hole to permit the measurement. The thermographic camera shall
have the following minimum specification:

• Spectral range (8 to 1 4) µm,

• Temperature measurement range (-20 to 250) °C,
• Temperature resolution at 30 °C not more than 0, 1 2 K,
• Measurement a ccuracy:
for temperatures :5 1 00 °C ±2 K,
- for temperatures > than 1 00 °C, ±2 %.

A n alternating current with a frequency of 50 Hz or 60 Hz is passed through the sample for a

duration of (5 ± 0, 1) s. The magnitude of the current shall be according to Table C. 1 and
maintained at a level of (+2 I - 0) %, for the duration of the test. The current shall be recorded
for example using an oscilloscope.

The temperature rise a t the joint shall be recorded continuously.

A temperature observation of the whole area is required since a prediction of the hot spots at
the joint is not possible. It is not useful to apply thermocouples. The tempera ture rise and fall
at hot spots is very fast and therefore con ventional temperature sensors are too slow to respond
and shall not be used.

The sample is deemed to have passed the test if the tempera ture rise during the test is less
than or equal to 60 K and no sp arking occurs on the joints.
 IEC 6 1 5
3 7:2 023 © I
E C 2 02
3
- 1 25 -

1 1
2

3 - 3

2
a) Tes t s e t-
u p fo r tray !Ee

1 1
2

3 3

2
b) Te st
s e t-u p fo r la d
de r !Ee

Key c) Test
s et -u p fo r m
1 L e n g th es h
or fit ti n g c a b /e tra
y !Ee

2 Jo i nt
3 C0 o o o 0
u 0 o p o;
,,, '° '
o u ne o t
;o p ut ' O
d ou ne o
F i g u re t o u tp ut
C. 1 -
A rra n g e ment
fo r th e f
es t o f 5
s c u rre
nt c a rryi n
g capa b
ili ty
 - 1 26 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Annex D
(normative)

Methods of a p p l y i n g and d i stri b ut i n g a U D L for SWL tests

u s i n g load d istri b ution pl ates

D.1 G e n e ra l

The l oad s ha l l be a p p l i ed to the s a m p l e through rigid load d i stribution plate ( s ) . The tota l l o a d
s h a l l be the a d d ition o f the masses of the a p p l i e d l o a d s a n d o f the load d i stri bution p l ate s .

Deflection o f the s a m p l e u n d e r test s h a l l not be restricted b y the a p pl icat i o n o f loa d s .

D.2 D i m e n s i o n s o f l oa d d i stri b u t i o n p l ates for c a b l e t rays a n d c a b l e l a d de rs

m o u nted i n t h e h o rizontal p l a n e

F o r cable tray l e n g t h s , i n c l u d i n g m e s h cable tray l e n gths , t h e l o a d d istribution p l ate(s) s h a l l be

recta n g u l a r , ( 1 2 0 ± 2) mm by (40 ± 2) m m .

When necessary, d u e t o t h e d e s i g n o f t h e cable tray o r t h e m e s h cable tray a special s ha pe of

the load d istribution plate(s) is a l l owed i n order to fit the base area prov i d e d that the leng th a n d
width d o n o t exceed ( 1 20 ± 2 ) m m a n d ( 4 0 ± 2 ) m m respectively.

For cable l a d d e r lengths, the load d istri bution plate(s) s h a l l have a width of (80 ± 2 ) m m and a
length a n d a s h a p e to fit on to o n e ru n g or to s p a n between o n ly two ru n g s .

D.3 D i stri b u t i o n o f p o i n t l oa d s a c ross t h e w i d t h o f ca b l e tray, c a b l e l a d d e r a n d

s u p p o rt

The p o i n t load s , as s h own i n Table D . 1 s h a l l be eq u ispaced as far as pos s i b l e a cross the width
of the sample. W h e re t h i s is d ifficult to achieve because of t h e d e s i g n of the tray o r ladder, t h e n
the l oad d i stri bution p l ate may be re pos itioned to with i n 2 5 m m fro m the theoretical pos iti o n .

Tab l e D . 1 - N u m be r o f p o i nt l o a d s a cross t h e w i d t h o f a c a b l e tray,

a c a b l e l a d d e r or a s u p po rt

N o m i n a l width N u mber of point loads

mm

$ 1 75 1

> 1 75 and :s 300 2

> 300 and :s 600 4

> 600 6
I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 1 27 -

::: w �

,.. 12 = = = = = 12
I
,, I I
�,
I I
,, I I
,, I
/EC

a) Load poi nts across the width of a cable tray

c::::; = 12 = = = = 12 -;:::::J

,f ''
I I I I I I I I

c:::::. .=:J
/EC

b) Load poi nts across the width of a cable ladder with external flange

w
�

= 12 12
=

c:::::.
/EC

c) Load poi nts across the w i dth of a cable ladder with i nternal flange

F i g u re D . 1 - E x a m p l es of d istri b u t i o n load p o i nts a cross t h e w i d t h

D.4 D i stri b u t i o n o f p o i n t l oa d s a l o n g t h e l e n gt h o f c a b l e tray

The p o i n t load s , as s h own in Table D . 2 s h a l l be e q u is paced as fa r as poss i b l e a l o n g the leng th

of the s a m p l e . Wh ere t h i s is d iffi c u l t to achieve beca u s e of the d e s i g n of the tray, t h e n the load
d istri bution p l ate may be re positioned to with i n 2 5 mm fro m the theo retical pos i t i o n .
 - 1 28 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Table D.2 - N u m be r o f p o i nt l o a d s a l o n g t h e l e n gt h o f a c a b l e tray

Effective n u m ber of
Theoretical n u m ber of point loads over a
Span
point loads per span l e n gth e q u a l to 2,4
spans
m

:S 2 5 12

> 2 a n d :S 2 , 5 6 14

> 2 , 5 a n d :S 3 7 16

> 3 a n d :S 3 , 5 8 19

NOTE For longer spans the theoretical n u m be r of point loads per span i s i ncreased
by one per 0 , 5 m i n crease of span . The effective n u mber of p o i nt loads o n the test
sample is the l a rgest i nteger less than o r equal to 2,4 times the theoretical n u m b e r
of point l o a d s per s p a n .

When there is a n i n terfere n ce b etween a load a n d a measuring point, the n ext h ig her theoretica l
n u mber of p o i n t l oads per span s h a l l be selected , i n order to avoid the i nterfe rence between
the two points .

For mesh cable tray l e n gt h s , wh ere t h e load d i stri b u t i o n plate(s) does not span two w i res , the
l oad d i stri bution p l ate (s) can be re positioned so that it is l ocated evenly ove r two w i res .

f f
f

f
f

/EC

Key

f Point load

F i g u re D.2 - Typ i ca l a rra n g em e n t of l oad d i st r i b u t i o n p lates

IEC 6 1 5 3 7:202 3 © I E C 202 3 - 1 29 -

=/2 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =/2

II II

I [\ �� I [\

1 2 3
/ 1 I
/EC

Key

1 End span = X (where X � L)

2 I ntermediate span = L
3 Cantilever = 0 ,4L

F i g u re D . 3 - Exam p l e of e q u i s paced p o i n t l o a d s a l o n g t h e l e n gth

D.5 D i stri b u t i o n of p o i n t l oa d s a l o n g t h e l e n gt h of t h e ca b l e l a d d e r

E a c h ru ng s h a l l b e l oaded with a l o a d Fr.

(1,4xL + X) S
Fr = ----­
Rn

where
X is item 1 i n F i g u re D. 3 ;
L is the span l e n gth ;
S is the safe work i n g l oa d (SWL);
Fr is the load per ru n g at the SWL;
Rn is the total n u m ber of rungs i n the test s a m p l e .

Exa m p l es o f l o a d i n g are s h own i n Fig u re D.4 a ) a n d F i g u re D.4 b).

I n the case where loads are h u n g fro m the l a d d e r ru n g s then t h e l a d d e r s h a l l be pos itioned to
avo i d the rung(s) being p l aced a bove a s u p port . To avo i d a ru n g being pl a ced over a s u pport
the l a d d e r s h a l l be d i s p l aced by a m i n i m u m a m o u nt b u t no more than 1 0 0 m m .

Where load d i stri bution p lates a n d/or pos itio n i n g o f t h e ladder o n s u p po rts d iffe rs from the
theoretical positi o n i n g then t h e d is p lacement fro m the th eo retical position shall be record e d .
 - 1 30 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

2 x Frln
2 x Frln
2 Frln
x

Key

Fr Total load per rung

n Total n u mber of point loads per rung

a)

Frln
/EC

Key

Fr Total load per rung

n Total n u m ber of point loads per rung

b)

F i g u re D.4 - Exam p les of test l oad d i stri b u t i o n on c a b l e l a d d e r l e n gths

I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 1 31 -

Annex E
(i nformative)

Typ i cal methods of a p p ly i n g a U D L for SWL tests

E.1 U D L a p p l i ed t h ro u g h a m e c h a n i ca l l i n ka g e

3 /EC

Key

Support
2 Mechanical l i n kage con nected to hydr a u l i c cyl i nd e r or s i m i l a r

3 Test sample upside down

a) U D L appl ied th rou g h a m ec h a n i cal l i n kage (test i n g u pside down)

/EC

Key
Support
2 Mechanical l i n kage con nected to hydr a u l i c cyl i nd e r or s i m i l a r
3 Test sample

b) UDL a p p l ied throu gh a m e c h a n i cal l i n kage (test i n g r i g h t way u p)

F i g u re E . 1 - U D L a p p l i ed t h ro u g h a m e c h a n i ca l l i n ka g e
 - 1 32 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

E.2 U D L a p p l i ed t h ro u g h i n d i v i d u a l l oa d s

Metal weig hts h u n g on l a d d e r

rungs

/EC

M etal weig hts suspended on

threaded rods

/EC

F i g u re E . 2 - U D L a p p l i e d t h ro u g h i n d iv i d u a l loads

E.3 U D L a p p l i ed t h ro u g h l o a d b l ocks

Metal bl ocks o r strips

/EC

Key
1 Support

F i g u re E . 3 - U D L a p p l i e d t h ro u g h l o a d b l ocks
I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 1 33 -

Annex F

N ot used
 - 1 34 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Annex G
(i nformative)

Exa m p l e for c l a rifi cati o n of permitted c reep

6
3
2

I
I
I
I
A% :
-----------------,

O min. 5 min. 1 0 min.

5 4

I- I
.J IEC

Key

2 2nd
1 st result of d eflection

result of deflection

3 3 rd res u l t o f deflection

4 Time

5 Loa d i n g period
6 Deflection
d1 Deflection after load i n g period

d
2
Deflection 5 min after the load i ng p e riod

d
3
Deflection 1 0 min after the loading period

A%

B%

F i g u re G . 1 - Exam p l e for c l arificat i o n of p e rm itted c reep

I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023 - 1 35 -

Annex H
(i nformative)

I nfo rmati o n for a safe i n sta l lation of penda nts with canti leve r brackets

The SWL of a pendant with canti l ever brackets is determ i n ed by the absence of the fo l l owi ng
conditions:

a ) fa i l u re o f the ce i l i ng p l ate;
b) fa i l u re of the cantilever b racket to the p e n d a nt;
c) fa i l u re of the pendant itself by be n d i n g .

'
'

4
/EC

Key
Pendant
2 C e i l i n g p late

3 Load on cantilever b racket

4 Cantilever bracket
F Resulti ng force

M1 Resulti ng bend i n g moment on ce i l i ng p l a n e

M2 Resultant bend i n g moment from canti l ever bracket

F i g u re H . 1 - F o rces o n p e n d a nt a n d c a nt i l ever b rac ket

I n sta l l ation of the assem b l y ( i n c l u d i n g the pend ant) is consid e red to be s afe if a l l the fo l lowing
conditions are satisfi ed :

1 ) M1 a n d F a re i n the s afe area o f F i g u re H . 2 ;

2 ) the a p p l i e d l oad o n each bracket i s l ower t h a n the corres pond i n g SWL declared fo r test, see
1 0.8.2;
3 ) the b e n d i n g m o m e n t o f t h e p e n d a n t itself is l ower t h a n t h e SWL fo r t h e pendant leng th . T h e
S W L can be d eterm i n ed by i n terpolation from the val ues o bta i n e d from the test i n 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 1 . 4 .
 - 1 36 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

F (N)
4
/EC

Key

SWL from 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 1 . 2 a n d F i g u re 36 a )
2 U nsafe a rea
3 Safe area

4 SWL from 1 0 . 8 . 3 . 1 . 3 a n d F i g u re 36 b }

F i g u re H .2 - I l l ustrat i o n of t h e safe a rea

IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 37 -

An nex I
(i nform ative)

S u m ma ry of com p l i a n ce checks

Table 1.1 - S u m m a ry of co m p l i a n ce c h ecks

Test Description N otes

refere n ce
clause/
s u bclause

Marking a n d documentation
7.1 D u r a b i l ity a n d l e g i b i l ity marking Test
7.2.1 Alternative tempe rat u re l i mits I nspection of docu mentation
7.2.2 Literatu re d eclaration I n s pection
7.3 P E function I nspection
D i me n s i o n s
Clause 8 I nformation about t h e product I nspection
Constructi on
9.2 S u rface d oes not damage the cab les Visual a n d m a n u a l
inspection
9.3 When the manufactu rer does not declare the use of g l oves d u ring Visual a n d m a n u a l
i nsta l l ation i nspection
9.4.2 Reusable screw thread test repeata b i l ity M a n u a l test
9.4.3 Reusable con nections repeatab i l ity M a n u a l test
9 . 4 .4 Non-reusa ble con n ections Visual and m a n u a l
i nspection
9.5 Apparatus mounting device Visual ins pection
9.6 Reg u l a r perforations over base Visual ins pection a n d
measurement
9.7 Reg u l a r rung pattern over base Visual ins pection and
measurement
Mecha n i cal properties

1 0 .2 SWL test proced u re

Mou nting D i rection No. of Product type

plane of ru n spans
1 0.3 Type I H o rizontal Horizontal M u lti Tray or Ladder N o j o i nt position declared
Type I I H o rizontal Horizontal M u lti Tray or Ladder N o end span joint
Declaration of red u ced e n d
s p a n length if a p p l icab l e
Type I l l H o rizontal Horizontal M u lti Tray or Ladder Spans e q u a l t o or 1 , 5 times
the component length, with
joint position the same i n all
spans, as decl a red by
m a n ufactu rer. Declaration of
reduced end span length if
appl icable
Type IV H o rizontal Horizontal M u lti Tray or Ladder Test with l ocal weakness
over s u p port
1 0 .4 H o rizontal Horizontal Single Tra y or Ladder Test
1 0.5 Vertical Horizontal M u lti Tray or Ladder Test
1 0 .6 Vertical Vertical Single Tra y or Ladder Test
1 0 .7.2 H o rizontal Horizontal Fitting 90° bend Tests on fittings
1 0 .7.3 H o rizontal Horizontal Fitting e q u a l tee Tests o n fittings
and cross
1 0 .8 . 2 Tests for SWL of canti l ever brackets Test

1 0 .8 . 3 Tests for SWL of pendants Test

 - 1 38 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Test Description N otes

refere n ce
clause/
s u bclause

1 0 .9 Test for i m pact resistance Test

E lectrical properties

1 1 .1 Electrical cont i n u ity test Test

1 1 .2 Electrical non-conductivity Test

F i re hazards

13.1.1 I nitiation of fire Not a p p l icable

1 3 . 1 .2 Contribution to fire Test

1 3 . 1 .3 S p read of fire Test

1 3 . 1 .4 Additional reaction to fire cha racteristics U nd e r con s i d e ration

1 3 .2 Resistance to fi re U nd e r con s i d e ration

Extern a l effects

1 4 .2 . 2 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f non-meta l l i c system components M a nufacturer's d ec l a ration

1 4 .2 . 3 . 2 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system components m a d e o f m i l d M a n ufacturer's declaration

steel with zinc coati ng referenced i n Table 1 or meas u rement

1 4 .2 . 3 . 3 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system components m a d e o f m i l d M a n ufacturer's declaration

steel not refe renced i n Table 1 but with a method of zinc coat i n g o r meas u rement
designation detai l e d i n Table 1

1 4 .2 . 3 . 4 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system components m a d e o f m i l d Test

steel not refe renced in Table 1

1 4 .2 . 3 . 5 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system components m a d e o f sta i n l ess M a n ufacturer's declaration
steel i n accordance with Ta ble 2

1 4 .2 . 5 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system component made o f a l u m in i u m U nd e r cons i d e ration

a l l oys o r other metals

1 4 .2 . 6 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system component with o rg a n i c Test

coating

A n nexes

Annex C P rotective ea rth function Test

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 1 39 -

Annex J
(normative)

Com p l ia nce checks to be carried out fo r cable tray syste ms and

cable ladder system s a l ready c o m p l y i n g with IEC 6 1 537 : 2 0 0 6

T h i s normative a n n ex rel ates t o changes i n th e req u i re m e nts . I t i nfo rms where co m p l i a nce
checks are not req u i red a n d wh ere co m p l i a nce c h ecks are req u i red to be carried out in order
that the cable tray system and cable ladder system can be declared to meet the req u i re m e nts
of this d oc u m ent ( I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2022 ( E d . 3 ) ) if the cable tray system and cable l a d d e r syste m
a l ready compl ies with I E C 6 1 537 : 2 0 0 6 ( E d . 2 ) .

Table J . 1 - Req u i red c o m p l i a n c e c h ecks

Test Description Compl iance check

reference
clause/
s u bclause

Mark i n g a n d d o c u mentation

7.1 D u ra b i l ity a n d l e g i b i l ity marking Req u i red o n l y for flame

propagatin g system
components

7.1 Marking o f e a rth term i n a l , i f s u p pl i ed Req u i red

7.2.1 Precautions for alte rnative tem peratu re l i m its Not requ i red

7.2.2 Literatu re d eclaration Req u i red

7.3 P E function Req u i red only if declared

D i m e n s i ons

Clause 8 I nformation about the p roduct Not requ i red

Construction

9.2 S u rface d oes not d a m a g e the cables Not requ i red

9.3 S u rface d oes n o t req u i re gloves d u ri n g i nsta l l ation Not requ i red

9.4.2 Reusable screw t h read test re peatab i l ity Not requ i red

9.4.3 Reusable con nections repeatab i l ity Not requ i red

9 . 4 .4 Non-reusa ble con nections Not requ i red

9.5 Apparatus mounting device Not requ i red

9.6 Reg u l a r perforations ove r base Not requ i red

9.7 Reg u l a r rung pattern over base Not requ i red

Mec h a n i cal propert i es

1 0.3 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray lengths a n d c a b l e ladder l engths mounted Req u i red when the declared
in the horizontal plane r u n n i n g horizonta l l y on multi ple spans width of the support is less
than 40 mm

1 0 .4 Test for SWL of cable tray lengths a n d cable ladder l engths mounted Req u i red when the declared
in the horizontal plane r u n n i n g horizonta l l y on a s i n g l e span width of the suppo rt is less
i nsta l l ation than 40 mm

1 0.5 Test for SWL o f c a b l e tray lengths a n d c a b l e ladder l engths mounted Req u i red if declared
in the vertical p l a n e r u n n i ng horizonta l l y

1 0 .6 Test for SWL of cable tray lengths a n d cable ladder l engths mounted Req u i red if declared
in the vertical p l a n e r u n n i ng verti cal l y

1 0.7 Test for S W L o f c a b l e tray fittings a n d ca b l e l a d d e r fittings mounted i n Not requ i red
the horizontal p l a n e r u n n i ng horizonta l l y

1 0 .8 . 2 Tests f o r S W L o f cantilever b rackets Req u i red

1 0 .8 . 3 . 1 Tests for penda nts for canti l ever b rackets Not requ i red

1 0 .8 . 3 . 2 Test for S W L o f the centra l l y supported b racket Req u i red

 - 1 40 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Test Description Compl iance check

reference
clause/
s u bclause

1 0 .8 . 3 . 3 Test for S W L o f C shape cei l i n g s u p ports Req u i red

1 0 .8 . 3 . 4 Test for SWL o f the trapeze system or trapeze s u p port o n l y Req u i red

1 0 .9 Test for im pact res istance Req u i red o n l y for non-

metal l i c o r com posite
systems

E lectrical properties

1 1 .1 Electrical cont i n u ity test Req u i red

1 1 .2 Electrical non-co n d u ctivity Not requ i red

F i re hazards

1 3 . 1 .2 Contribution to fire Not requ i red

1 3 . 1 .3 S p read of fi re Not requ i red

1 3 . 1 .4 Additional reaction to fire cha racteristics Clause u n d e r consid eration

1 3 .2 Resistance to fire Clause u n d e r consid eration

External effects

1 4 .2 . 2 Resistance a g a i n st corrosion o f non-meta l l i c system components Not requ i red

1 4 .2 . 3 . 2 System components m a d e o f m i l d steel with z i n c coating referenced Req u i red

in Tab l e 1

1 4 .2 . 3 . 3 System components m a d e o f m i l d steel n o t referen ced i n Table 1 but Req u i red

with a method of zinc coating d esig nation detailed in Table 1

1 4 .2 . 3 . 4 System components m a d e o f m i l d steel n o t referen ced i n T a b l e 1 Req u i red

1 4 .2 . 3 . 5 System components m a d e o f sta i n less steel Req u i red

1 4 .2 . 5 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system component m a d e of Clause u n d e r consid eration

a l u m i n i u m a l l oys

1 4 .2 . 6 Resistance agai nst corrosion o f system component with org a n i c Req u i red if declared
coating

An n exes

Annex C P rotective e a rth function Req u i red if declared

I E C 6 1 537: 2023 © I E C 2023 - 141 -

Annex K
(i nform ative)

N u m ber of s a m p les req u i red for tests

Tab l e K . 1 - N u m b e r of s a m p les req u i red fo r tests

N u m be r of
S u bclause Test
samples req u i red

5.6 Genera l rule 3(+3)

7.1 D u ra b i l ity test o n marking 1 (+2)

9.4.2 Reusable screw th read test repeata bility 3(+3)

9.4.3 R e u s a b l e con nections repeatab i l ity 3(+3)

9 . 4 .4 N on-reusable connections 3(+3)

10.3 SWL test types I , I I , I l l & I V 1 (+2)

1 0 .4 SWL single span 1 (+2)

10.5 SWL mou nted vertical r u n n i n g horizontal 1 (+2)

1 0 .6 SWL mou nted vertical running vertical 1 (+2)

10.7 SWL fittings 1 (+2)

1 0 .8 SWL s u pports 3(+3)

1 0 .9 I m pact 3(+3)

1 1 . 1 .2 . 2 to I m pedance 1 (+2)8
1 1 . 1 .2 . 6

1 1 . 1 .2 . 7 I m peda nce o f t h e connection for conductive 1 (+2)

a n d com posite system components with
non-conductive s u rfaces

1 1 .2 E l ectrical non-con d u ctivity 1 (+2)

1 3 . 1 .2 Contri b ution to fire 1 (+2)

1 3. 1 .3 S pread of fire 3(+3)

1 4 .2 Salt s p ray testing 3(+3)

Annex C Systems with PE function 1 (+ 1 )

a
For PE function 3 ( + 3 ) samples are req u i red

The form "y(+ x)" means if one sample from y i n the test fai l s then x new samples
shall be teste d .
 - 1 42 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

Annex L
(i nformative)

I l l ustrative flow c h a rt for the SWL tests

L.1 Lengths

1 0.3 to 10.6
System
Lengths

Test
req uirement
..._ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...

,---- ----- , - - - - - - - - - -,
I
1
1 0.5 1 0.6
I I I
1
: : :
Vertical Vertical

I running horizontal running vertical

L_
_: ��ng_t� 1�. � _ 1
a c
1_ _ �� � .,2 �
r n
�� _ 1
,- - - - - --- -,
I
1 0.3 I 1 0.4
I
I
:
Multi span Single span
I according to 1 0.2
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..

,- - - - - - - - - �
I 1 0.3.4
Man ufacturer declares Type I Manufacturer declares T e Ill
I Test Type I l l :
I accord ing to 1 0.2 1
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..

Manufacturer declares Type II

-- - - ---- ,- - - - ---- ,- - - - - - - - - ---- ----

I I I I
1 0.3.5 I I 1 0.3.2 I 10.3.5
I I 1 0.3.3 I
Test Type IV I I Test Type I I Test Type IV
I I Test Type I I I
according to 1 0.2 I I according to 1 0.2 I I according to 1 0.2
I I according to 1 0.2 I
AND , AND
I !._ ________ I I L - - - - - - - -'
1 0.3.2 I I 10.3.3 I
Test Type I I I Test Type I I
I
I
if req uired in I if required in I
I Table 7 I I Table 7 I
I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I - - - - - - - - -
I
/EC

F i g u re L . 1 - L e n g t h s
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 43 -

L.2 F i tt i n gs

1 0. 7
Fittings

Yes No test
required

No

r---- ---- ---- -----

1 ,
-

1 I
I 1 0.7.2 1 0 .7.3 I
1 Equal tee and cross I
I
I 90° bend
I I
I
according to 1 0.2 I according to 1 0.2
I
, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
I
._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._

1 - - - - - - - -1

: Test requirement :
!._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
/EC

F i g u re L . 2 - F itti n g s
 - 1 44 - I E C 6 1 5 3 7 : 2 0 2 3 © I E C 2023

L.3 S u p p o rts

1 0 .8
Support devices

l
1 0.8.3
Pendants
ceiling
mounted

I
,

1 0.8.3. 1 1 0.8.3.2
l
1 0.8.3.3
1 0.8.2 1 0 .8.3.4
Pendant for Centrally­ C-Shaped
Cantilever Trapeze
cantilever supported ceiling
brackets supports
bracket bracket supports

11' ' " ,

Go to Figure L.4 Go to Figure L.5 Go to Figure L.6 Go to Figure L.7

System

I�

F i g u re L . 3 - S u p p o rts
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 45 -

L.4 C a n t i lever b rac kets

10.8.2
Cantilever brackets

1 0.8.2.1 1 0.8.2.2
Horizontal bracket, horizontal Horizontal bracket, vertical
running tray or ladder running tray or ladder

Uns ecified S ecified

1- - - - ---- .---- --- , � - - - ----. .---- ---- .---- ----

1 Tray : Ladder : : Tray or : 1 Tray : 1 Ladder:

1 only 1 1 only 1 1 ladder 1
: only 1 : only 1
I 1 0.8.2.1. 3 :
I I
I 10.8.2. 1 .2
L.. - - - - - - - -
I
L--------
: 1 0.8.2.1 .4 :
---------
� _1_9�}.:.1.:.5_ _ : � - 2��-�·2 :?_ :

Unspecified Specified

- - - , - - - - - - - -. .---- ----
: rray ;;r- - 1 Tray 1 1 Ladder 1

1 ladder 1 : only : : only :

I I
!_ _1.9�.:.2.:.2.:.4_ _, � � � ��:_2.:_ _ �
5 � -1_?.:.8.:.2.:.2..:� _ :

,---------,
1 1
I
Test
I
requirement 1
.
1
L - - - - - - - - -'
/EC

-
F i g u re L . 4 C a n t i l ever b rac kets
 - 1 46 - IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023

L.5 P e n d ants for ca n t i l ev e r b ra c ket

1 0.8.3.1
Pendant for cantilever
bracket

- - - - - - - - - - - - 1------ - - - - - - 1- - - - - - - - - - - -
I
1 0 .8.3. 1 .2 I I 1 0.8.3. 1 .3 I 1 0.8.3.1 .4
Test for bending moment I I Test for tensile strength I Test for bending moment
at ceiling plate according I I according to 1 0.2 with I at cantilever bracket
to 1 0.2 with 50 % pre-load I I 50 % pre-load I according to 1 0.2 with
I
I I I 50 % pre-load I
1_
I
1_ _ - - - - - - _ _ _ _ J !.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ • - - - - - - - - - - - _ ,

. - - - - - - - -1

I Test I
I requirement I
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
/EC

F i g u re L . 5 - P e n d a nts for c a n t i l ever b ra c ket

L.6 C e n t ra l l y s u p p o rted b rac ket

1 0 .8.3.2
Centrally-supported
bracket

Uneven Even (optional test)

---- ---- ---- ---------

,
r- - - - -
,
.. -
- r - - - - - - - - - -.
1 0 .8.3.2.4 1 0 .8.3.2.2 I 1 0 .8.3.2.3 I 1 0.8.3.2.5
1I
I
1
I I
I Unspecified use Specified use I Specified use I I Unspecified use
I cable tray or cable cable tray or cable I 1 cable tray or cable I cable tray or cable
I
I
laddder according
I
1 laddder according :
1
1
1
laddder according I
I
I
I laddder according

:
to 1 0.2 with 50 % I to 1 0.2 with 50 % to 1 0.2 with 50 % I to 1 0.2 with 50 %
I pre-load I pre-load 1 pre-load I pre-load
I
I
L- - - - - - - - - - ·
I
!_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I !_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ I L. - - - - - - - - - ·

r - - - - - - -
1
Test :
: requirement 1
._ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

/EC

F i g u re L . 6 - C e n t ra l ly s u p p o rted b ra c ket
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023 - 1 47 -

L.7 T ra peze s u p ports

1 0 .8.3.4
Trapeze supports

Standard Alternative

Supporting cable tray or both

Supporting cable ladder cable tray and cable ladder

,----- ------ ------------ ------------

1 0.8.3.4.2 1 0 .8.3.4.3 I I 1 0.8.3.4.4
I
I I
I Trapeze supporting Trapeze supporting Trapeze supporting
I I
I cable ladder only cable tray or both cable tray and/or cable
I I
I according to 1 0.2 cable tray and cable
I I I ladder according to 1 0.2
I ladder according to 1 0.2 I
I I I
,
I
._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L - - - - - - - - - - -I L - - - - - - - - - - -I

r-------
1 1

:
Test
requirement :
,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

/EC

F i g u re L . 7 - Trapeze s u p po rts
 - 1 48 - IEC 6 1 537:2023 © I EC 2023

Annex M
(normative)

Appl ication of a poi nt load to a s u p port

The maxi m u m area of t h e applied point load s h o u l d not exceed ( W x 40) mm2

Dimensions i n m i l l i m etres

/EC

Key

1 Support

F Point load a p p l i ed over a re a ( W x 4 0 ) mm 2

W Width of s u p p o rt b racket

F i g u re M . 1 - M a x i m u m a rea of t h e a p p l i ed p o i n t l oad to a s u p p o rt
IEC 6 1 537:2023 © IEC 2023 - 1 49 -

B i b l iography
I E C 60364-4-4 1 : 2 0 0 5 , L o w-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-4 1 : Protection for safety -
Protection against electric shock
I E C 60364-4-4 1 : 2 0 0 5/AM D 1 : 2 0 1 7

I E C 60364-5- 5 2 : 2 0 0 9 , Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 5-52: Selection and erection

of electrical equipment - Wiring systems

I E C 60364-5-54 : 2 0 1 1 , Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 5-54: Selection and erection

of electrical equipment - Earthing arrangements and protective conductors
I E C 60364-5-54 : 20 1 1 /AM D 1 : 2 0 2 1

I S O 1 47 1 3- 1 : 2 0 1 7 , Zinc coatings - Guidelines a n d recommendations for the protection against

corrosion of iron and steel in structures - Part 1 : General principles of design and corrosion
resistance

I S O/T R 1 63 3 5 : 2 0 1 3 , Corrosion of metals and alloys - Corrosion tests in artificial a tmospheres

- Guidelines for selection of accelerated corrosion test for product qualification

AST M :A 240/A 240 M : 2 0 1 8 , Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel

Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications

ASTM :A380/A38 0 M : 20 1 7 , Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling and Passivation of

Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment and Systems

EN 1 993- 1 -4 : 2 0 0 6 , Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1 -4: General rules -

Supplementary rules for stainless steels

EN 2 5 1 6 : 20 2 0 , Aerospace series - Passivation of corrosion resisting steels and

decontamination of nickel base alloys

EN 1 00 2 0 : 2 0 0 0 , Definition and classification of grades of steel

EN 1 0088- 1 : 2 0 1 4 , Stainless steels - Part 1 : List of stainless steels

EN 1 0244-2 : 2 0 0 9 , Steel wire and wire products - Non-ferrous metallic coatings on steel wire -
Part 2: Zinc or zinc alloy coatings
I NTERNAT I O NAL
ELECTROTECH N I CAL
CO M M I S S I O N

3, rue de Varembe
PO Box 1 3 1
CH-1 21 1 Geneva 20
Switzerland

Tel : + 4 1 22 9 1 9 02 1 1
[email protected]
www. iec.ch